WO2024207948A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents
Communication method and apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024207948A1 WO2024207948A1 PCT/CN2024/081528 CN2024081528W WO2024207948A1 WO 2024207948 A1 WO2024207948 A1 WO 2024207948A1 CN 2024081528 W CN2024081528 W CN 2024081528W WO 2024207948 A1 WO2024207948 A1 WO 2024207948A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- cell
- terminal device
- network device
- information
- threshold
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
- H04W74/002—Transmission of channel access control information
- H04W74/004—Transmission of channel access control information in the uplink, i.e. towards network
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
- H04L1/0023—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the signalling
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
- H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
- H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
Definitions
- the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communications, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
- the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) R18 defines enhanced reduced capability (eRedCap) terminals.
- the maximum baseband bandwidth that an eRedCap terminal can support is 5 mega Hertz (MHz), and the maximum RF bandwidth that it can support is 20 MHz.
- MCS modulation coding scheme
- the present application provides a communication method and apparatus that can improve the receiving performance of a reduced-capability (enhanced reduced capability, eRedCap) terminal device.
- a reduced-capability enhanced reduced capability, eRedCap
- a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal device, or by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the terminal device.
- the method includes: obtaining a first offset value, the first offset value being a dedicated offset value for a first type of terminal device; sending a first message to a first network device when a first difference value is less than a first threshold value, and/or a second difference value is less than the first threshold value; wherein the first difference value is a difference between a cell selection reception level value (cell selection reception level value, Srxlev) of a first cell and the first offset value, and the second difference value is a difference between a cell selection quality value (cell selection quality value, Squal) of the first cell and the first offset value; the first message indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends a message (message, Msg) 4 or MsgB in a random access (random access, RA) process, and the first network device is a network device to which the first cell belongs.
- a message messagessage, Msg) 4 or MsgB in a random access (random access, RA) process
- the terminal device can determine whether it is necessary to enhance Msg4 or MsgB (i.e., whether to send a first message indicating repeated sending of Msg4 or MsgB to the first network device) according to the size relationship between the first difference and the second difference and the first threshold, respectively.
- the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device so that the first network device can send at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device, so as to improve the performance of the terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process.
- the terminal device obtains the first offset value, including: the terminal device receives system information of a first cell from a first network device, and the system information of the first cell may include the first offset value.
- the terminal device may be a first type of terminal device.
- the communication method may further include: the terminal device receives at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device.
- the terminal device can receive at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device, which improves the performance of the terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process.
- the first threshold may be carried in system information of the first cell.
- the first offset value is used to determine the position of the terminal device in the first coverage area of the first network device.
- the first coverage area includes a first range and a second range.
- the first coverage area is an area in the coverage area of the first network device where the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0.
- the terminal device when the first difference is less than the first threshold value, and/or the second difference is less than the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the second range; when the first difference is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, and the second difference is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the first range.
- a communication method which can be executed by a first network device, or by a component of the first network device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the first network device, or by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the first network device.
- the method includes: receiving first information from a terminal device, the first information instructing the first network device to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB in a random access process; and sending at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device.
- the first network device can determine that Msg4 or MsgB needs to be enhanced according to the indication of the first information, and
- the instruction of a message is to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB to the terminal device to improve the performance of the terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process.
- the communication method may further include: the first network device sends a first offset value to the terminal device, the first offset value is a dedicated offset value for the first type of terminal device, and the terminal device is a first type of terminal device.
- the first network device sending the first offset value to the terminal device includes: the first network device sending system information of the first cell, and the system information of the first cell may include the first offset value.
- the first network device sends a first offset value to a terminal device, including: sending system information of a first cell to the terminal device, the system information of the first cell including the first offset value, and the first network device is a network device to which the first cell belongs.
- the first offset value is used to determine the position of the terminal device in the first coverage area of the first network device.
- the first coverage area includes a first range and a second range. Wherein, when the first difference is less than the first threshold value, and/or the second difference is less than the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the second range; when the first difference is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, and the second difference is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the first range.
- the technical effects brought about by any possible design of the second aspect can refer to the technical effects brought about by the corresponding design in the above-mentioned first aspect, and will not be repeated here.
- a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal device, or can be implemented by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the terminal device.
- the method includes: obtaining a fourth threshold, the fourth threshold including a first sub-threshold and a second sub-threshold; when the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, sending first information to the first network device, wherein the first information indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or MsgB in the random access process.
- the terminal device determines the size relationship between the Srxlev of the first cell and the first sub-threshold, and/or the size relationship between the Squal of the first cell and the second sub-threshold, and determines whether it is necessary to enhance Msg4 or MsgB (i.e., whether to send the first information indicating the repeated sending of Msg4 or MsgB to the first network device).
- Msg4 or MsgB i.e., whether to send the first information indicating the repeated sending of Msg4 or MsgB to the first network device.
- the terminal device needs to send the first information to the first network device, instructing the first network device to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB, so that the first network device can send at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device, so as to improve the performance of the terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process.
- the terminal device obtains the fourth threshold, including: the terminal device receives system information of a first cell from a first network device, and the system information of the first cell includes the fourth threshold.
- the communication method may further include: the terminal device receives at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device.
- the terminal device can receive at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device, which improves the performance of the terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process.
- the first information may be carried in any one of Msg1, Msg3, and MsgA of the RA process.
- a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, chip, or chip system of the terminal device, or by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the terminal device.
- the method includes: receiving system information of a second cell from a second network device, the system information indicating whether the second cell supports access of a second type of terminal device, and/or the system information of the second cell also indicates the carrier bandwidth of the second cell, the maximum bandwidth supported by the second type of terminal device is greater than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device, and the terminal device is a first type of terminal device; initiating random access in the second cell when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal device, and/or when the carrier bandwidth is less than or equal to a second threshold, the second threshold is the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device.
- the terminal device determines whether the second network device is a second-type network device (i.e., whether the second cell supports access by second-type terminal devices) and/or the carrier bandwidth of the second cell through the system information of the second cell, and when the second network device is a second-type network device (i.e., the second cell supports access by second-type terminal devices) and/or the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, the second cell can be determined as a resident cell during the cell selection process, and RA can be initiated to the second cell.
- the first-type terminal device i.e., the terminal device
- the first-type terminal device is enabled to access the second-type network device (i.e., the second network device).
- the terminal device initiates random access in the second cell, including: the terminal device sends second information to the second network device, where the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device is a second-category terminal device.
- the terminal device since the second network device supports access of the second type of terminal device, and the terminal device is a first type of terminal device, the terminal device indicates to the second network device that the terminal device is a second type of terminal device through the second information, and the second network device indicates to the second network device through the second information that the terminal device is a second type of terminal device.
- the terminal device is identified as a second type of terminal device, and the terminal device access is supported, so that the first type of terminal device (i.e., the terminal device) can access the second type of network device (i.e., the second network device).
- the second information may be a type identifier of the second category of terminal equipment.
- random access is initiated in the second cell, including: when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment and the baseband processing bandwidth of the terminal equipment is less than or equal to a second threshold, random access is initiated in the second cell.
- the second information is carried in any one of Msg1, Msg3, and MsgA of the RA process.
- a communication method which can be executed by a terminal device, or by a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, chip, or chip system of the terminal device, or by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the terminal device.
- the method includes: determining the capability information of the terminal device, the capability information indicating that the terminal device can work in a second-class cell, the second-class cell supports access by a second-class terminal device; the carrier bandwidth of the second-class cell is less than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first-class terminal device, and the terminal device is a first-class terminal device; sending the capability information to a third network device.
- the terminal device sends capability information to the third network device to inform the third network device that the terminal device can work in the second type of network device, so that when the third network device determines the target cell, it can include the cell in the second type of network device (such as the fourth cell) in the determination range, and then can determine the cell in the second type of network device as the target cell, so that the terminal device can switch to the second type of network device, thereby enabling the first type of terminal device to access the second type of network device.
- the third network device determines the target cell
- the second type of network device such as the fourth cell
- the communication method after the terminal device sends capability information to the third network device, the communication method also includes: the terminal device receives information about a fourth cell from the third network device, the fourth cell is a second type cell, and the fourth cell allows the terminal device to access; and performs cell switching according to the information of the fourth cell.
- the capability information may include a first parameter, where the first parameter is greater than or equal to a third threshold.
- the first parameter may be the maximum number of supported layers. Modulation order The product of the scaling factors f (j) .
- a communication device for implementing various methods.
- the communication device may be a terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect, or a device included in the terminal device, such as a chip or a chip system; or, the communication device may be the first network device in the second aspect, or a device included in the first network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
- the communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the implementation method, and the module, unit, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing the corresponding software implementation by hardware.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the functions.
- the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
- the processing module may be used to implement the processing function in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.
- the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module, respectively used to implement the receiving function and the sending function in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.
- the transceiver module may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
- a communication device comprising: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device executes the method described in any aspect.
- the communication device can be the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect, or a device included in the terminal device, such as a chip or a chip system; or the communication device can be the first network device in the second aspect, or a device included in the first network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
- a communication device comprising: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device; the processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction so that the communication device executes the method described in any aspect.
- the communication device can be the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect, or a device included in the terminal device, such as a chip or a chip system; or the communication device can be the first network device in the second aspect, or a device included in the first network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
- a communication device comprising: at least one processor; the processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction stored in a memory so that the communication device performs the method described in any aspect.
- the memory may be coupled to the processor, or may be independent of the processor.
- the communication device may be a terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect, or a device included in the terminal device, such as a chip or a chip system; or the communication device may be the first network device in the second aspect, or a device included in the first network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
- the communication device includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
- the device when it is a chip system, it can be composed of a chip or include a chip and other discrete devices.
- the sending action/function of the communication device can be understood as outputting or sending information
- the receiving action/function of the communication device can be understood as inputting or receiving information
- a computer-readable storage medium wherein a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
- the communication device or the computer can execute the method described in any one aspect.
- a computer program product comprising instructions, which, when executed on a communication device or a computer, enables the communication device or the computer to execute the method described in any one of the aspects.
- the technical effects brought about by any design method in the sixth to eleventh aspects can refer to the technical effects brought about by different design methods in the first, second, third, fourth and fifth aspects, and will not be repeated here.
- FIG1 is a flowchart of a cell selection provided by the present application.
- FIG2 is a flowchart of a random access provided by the present application.
- FIG3 is a flowchart of another random access provided by the present application.
- FIG4 is a flowchart of another random access provided by the present application.
- FIG5 is a flowchart of another random access provided by the present application.
- FIG6 is a flowchart of a cell switching provided by the present application.
- FIG7 is a schematic diagram of bandwidth of a network device provided by the present application.
- FIG8 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a mobile communication system used in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication system provided by the present application.
- FIG10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided by the present application.
- FIG11 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by the present application.
- FIG12 is a flow chart of another communication method provided by the present application.
- FIG13 is a diagram showing a division of a coverage area of a first network device provided in the present application.
- FIG14 is a flow chart of another communication method provided by the present application.
- FIG15 is a diagram showing another division of the coverage area of the first network device provided in the present application.
- FIG16 is a flow chart of another communication method provided by the present application.
- FIG17 is a flow chart of another communication method provided by the present application.
- FIG18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication device provided by the present application.
- FIG19 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication device provided in the present application.
- plural means two or more than two.
- At least one of the following or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single items or plural items.
- at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
- words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish the same or similar items with substantially the same functions and effects.
- words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the quantity and execution order, and words such as “first” and “second” do not necessarily limit them to be different.
- words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to indicate examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or designs. Specifically, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “for example” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete way for easy understanding.
- “used for indication” can include direct indication and indirect indication, and can also include explicit indication and implicit indication.
- “a certain indication information is used to indicate A" or "indication information of A”
- the information indicated by a certain information is called information to be indicated.
- the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated.
- the information to be indicated can also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated.
- the indication of specific information can be realized by means of the arrangement order of each information agreed in advance (for example, stipulated by the protocol), thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
- the common parts of each information can also be identified and uniformly indicated to reduce the indication overhead caused by indicating the same information separately.
- the specific indication method can also be various existing indication methods, such as but not limited to the above indication methods and various combinations thereof. The specific details of various indication methods can refer to the prior art, and will not be repeated herein.
- the required indication method can be selected according to specific needs.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the selected indication method.
- the indication method involved in the embodiment of the present application should be understood to cover various methods that can enable the party to be indicated to know the information to be indicated.
- the information to be indicated can be sent together as a whole, or it can be divided into multiple sub-information and sent separately, and the sending period or sending time of these sub-information can be the same or different.
- the specific sending method is not limited in this application. Among them, the sending period or sending time of these sub-information can be pre-defined, for example, pre-defined according to the protocol, or it can be configured by the transmitting device by sending configuration information to the receiving device.
- Cell selection refers to the process in which when a terminal device is turned on or enters a coverage area from a blind area, the terminal device searches for all radio frequency (RF) channels within a preset frequency band and selects a suitable cell to reside in among the cells corresponding to the frequency band.
- RF radio frequency
- RRM radio resource management
- NR new radio
- the states of radio resource control include RRC-IDLE, RRC-CONNECTED and RRC-INACTIVE.
- RRC-IDLE RRM includes the cell selection process.
- the process of cell selection may include steps S101-S105:
- the terminal device scans all RF channels in a preset frequency band to determine a frequency point in the preset frequency band.
- the RRC layer of the terminal device can send a frequency scanning request to the physical (PHY) layer; wherein the frequency scanning request carries a preset frequency band.
- the PHY layer scans all RF channels in the preset frequency band, obtains one or more frequency points, and reports the one or more frequency points to the RRC layer.
- the RRC layer constructs a frequency point list in descending order of signal strength (and/or signal quality) according to the signal strength (and/or signal quality) corresponding to each frequency point.
- the PHY layer may determine the frequency point of the received signal as a frequency point among the one or more frequency points according to whether a signal from the RF channel is received; or, the PHY layer may determine the frequency point whose received signal strength in the preset frequency band is greater than or equal to the signal strength threshold as a frequency point among the one or more frequency points according to the relationship between the signal strength (and/or signal quality) of the received signal and the signal strength threshold. In this case, it can be considered that there may be a cell around the one or more frequency points.
- the preset frequency band may be an NR frequency band.
- step S101 may not be performed.
- the historical information may include one or more frequency points in the frequency band, measurement control information of historical cells, or cell parameters of historical cells, etc.
- the historical cells are candidate cells detected by the terminal device or cells where the terminal device has resided before the current cell selection.
- the terminal device searches for a cell at a frequency point with the strongest signal strength (and/or signal quality) to obtain system information of a candidate cell, where the candidate cell is a cell at the frequency point.
- the cell search process may include the following two steps:
- Step 1 The terminal device receives the primary synchronization signal at the frequency with the strongest signal strength (and/or signal quality).
- PSS signal
- SSS secondary synchronization signal
- Step 2 The terminal device uses the PSS and SSS to obtain frame synchronization and time slot synchronization with the candidate cell, thereby obtaining the system information of the candidate cell.
- S103 The terminal device parses system information, wherein the system information includes system parameters of the candidate cell.
- the terminal device measures the signal strength and signal quality of the candidate cell.
- signal strength can be determined by reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP), and signal quality can be determined by reference signal received quality (reference signal received quality, RSRQ).
- RSRP reference signal received power
- RSRQ reference signal received quality
- the candidate cell satisfies a cell selection criterion (also referred to as an S criterion, a dwelling condition, etc.), the candidate cell is determined as a target cell.
- a cell selection criterion also referred to as an S criterion, a dwelling condition, etc.
- the cell selection criterion is referred to as an S criterion below.
- the S criterion is that the cell selection reception level value (cell selection reception level value, Srxlev) is greater than 0, and the cell selection quality value (cell selection quality value, Squal) is greater than 0.
- Q rxlevmeas may be RSRP
- Q qualmeas may be RSRQ
- Q rxlevmeas and Q qualmeas may also be collectively referred to as cell measurement values.
- all parameters in relation (1) and relation (2) except the cell measurement value can be obtained from system information, or in other words, the system parameters of the candidate cell in step S103 include the parameters in relation (1) and relation (2) except the cell measurement value.
- the terminal device After the target cell is determined in the cell selection process, the terminal device needs to initiate RA to the target cell. Only after the RA is successful can a connection be established with the target cell.
- the types of RA may include contention-based random access (CBRA) and contention-free random access (CFRA). Furthermore, the types of RA may include four-step random access (4-step RA) and two-step random access (4-step random access, 2-step RA).
- CBRA contention-based random access
- CFRA contention-free random access
- the types of RA may include four-step random access (4-step RA) and two-step random access (4-step random access, 2-step RA).
- the RA process may include steps S201-S204:
- the terminal device sends a message (message, Msg) 1 to the base station (hereinafter referred to as the base station) to which the target cell belongs through a physical random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH).
- Msg1 includes a first preamble.
- Msg1 can also be called a random access request message, or a random access preamble message.
- the terminal device may obtain configuration information of the PRACH from the system information, and further, the terminal device may also obtain the first preamble code from the system information.
- the base station may broadcast multiple preamble codes, and the terminal device may select any one of the multiple preamble codes as the first preamble code.
- the base station sends Msg2 to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives Msg2 from the base station.
- Msg2 indicates a random access response (RAR).
- RAR random access response
- Msg2 can be called a RAR message.
- Msg2 may include RAR, which includes the identifier of the preamble, temporary cell-radio network temporay identifier (TC-RNTI), timing advance (TA), uplink grant (UL grant), etc.
- RAR includes the identifier of the preamble, temporary cell-radio network temporay identifier (TC-RNTI), timing advance (TA), uplink grant (UL grant), etc.
- the terminal device uses the resources of UL grant to send Msg3 to the base station on the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH).
- the base station receives Msg3 from the terminal device.
- Msg3 includes the identifier of the terminal device.
- Msg3 can be called a transmission scheduling message, or it can also be called an RRC connection establishment request (RRC connection request) message.
- RRC connection request RRC connection request
- it can also be an RRC reestablishment request (RRCReestablishmentRequest) or an RRC resume connection request (RRCResumeReuqest), or an RRC setup connection request (RRCSetupRequest).
- Msg3 can be scrambled by TC-RNTI.
- Step S204 the base station sends Msg4 to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives Msg4 from the base station.
- Msg4 indicates a first identifier, which is an identifier of the terminal device that successfully competes.
- Msg4 can be called a contention resolution message, or can also be called an RRC connection setup message.
- Msg4 when the first identifier is the same as the identifier of the terminal device, Msg4 can be used as a mark of RRC connection establishment (connection setup), which is equivalent to Msg4 indicating RRC connection establishment; when the first identifier is different from the identifier of the terminal device, Msg4 can be used as a mark of RRC connection failure, which is equivalent to Msg4 indicating RRC connection establishment failure.
- the RA process may include step S205:
- the terminal device sends a hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) to the base station as a response to Msg4.
- HARQ-ACK hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment
- the RA process may include steps S206-S207:
- the base station sends the second preamble and the configuration information of the first PRACH to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the second preamble and the configuration information of the first PRACH from the base station.
- the terminal device sends Msg1 to the base station via the first PRACH.
- the base station receives Msg1 from the terminal device.
- Msg1 includes the second preamble. That is, the base station specifies the preamble (second preamble) to the terminal device, and the terminal device initiates RA using the specified preamble.
- the RA process includes steps S206-S207, S202.
- the RA process may include steps S401-S402:
- the terminal device sends MsgA to the base station.
- the base station receives MsgA from the terminal device.
- MsgA includes a third preamble code and an identifier of the terminal device.
- MsgA may also be called a random access request message, or may also be called a random access preamble message.
- the third preamble code may be sent on the PRACH.
- the identifier of the terminal device may be sent on the PUSCH.
- the RA process may further include step S400:
- the base station sends a third preamble and PUSCH resources to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the third preamble and PUSCH resources from the base station. That is, the base station specifies a preamble (third preamble) and PUSCH resources to the terminal device, and the terminal device initiates RA using the specified preamble and sends a payload on the specified PUSCH.
- MsgB The base station sends MsgB to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives MsgB from the base station.
- MsgB indicates the RAR and the first identifier.
- MsgB can be called a contention resolution message, or can also be called an RRC connection establishment message, or can also be called an RRC connection establishment message. It can be called a random access response message.
- MsgB indicates that RAR can refer to the relevant description in the above step S202, and MsgB indicates that the first identifier can refer to the relevant description in the above step S204, which will not be repeated in this application.
- the RA process may include steps S403-S404:
- the terminal device sends MsgA to the base station.
- the base station receives MsgA from the terminal device.
- MsgA includes a third preamble.
- S404 The base station sends MsgB to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives MsgB from the base station, wherein MsgB indicates RAR.
- MsgB indicates that RAR may refer to the relevant description in the above step S202, which will not be repeated herein.
- the RA process includes steps S400 and S403-S404.
- the cell switching process may include steps S601-S609 as shown in FIG6 :
- Step S601 The source base station of the terminal device (also referred to as the serving base station before the handover) may send a measurement configuration to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the measurement configuration from the source base station.
- the measurement configuration may include a measurement object (such as a serving cell or a neighboring cell), a triggering event for measurement reporting, and the like.
- a measurement object such as a serving cell or a neighboring cell
- a triggering event for measurement reporting and the like.
- the triggering event may include event A1, event A2, event A3, event A4, event A5, etc.
- event A1 is that the signal quality of the serving cell is greater than the first preset threshold
- event A2 is that the signal quality of the serving cell is less than the second preset threshold
- event A3 is that the signal quality of the neighboring cell is greater than the signal quality of the serving cell
- event A4 is that the signal quality of the neighboring cell is greater than the third preset threshold
- event A5 is that the signal quality of the serving cell is less than the second preset threshold, and the signal quality of the neighboring cell is greater than the third preset threshold.
- Step S602 The terminal device measures the measurement object according to the received measurement configuration.
- the terminal device will be triggered to report.
- the identifier of the cell can be added to the triggered cell list (cells triggered list).
- the certain time period is configured by the source base station.
- the certain time period may also be referred to as a trigger time (time to trigger, TTT).
- the measurement result is measured by layer 1 (such as the PHY layer) and obtained after filtering by layer 3 (such as the RRC layer).
- Step S603 The terminal device sends a measurement report to the source base station.
- the source base station receives the measurement report from the terminal device.
- Step S604 After receiving the measurement report, the source base station determines the target cell based on the measurement report.
- the source base station evaluates the measurement results in the measurement report and then determines the target cell.
- Step S605 The source base station sends a handover request to the target base station to which the target cell belongs. Correspondingly, the target base station receives the handover request from the source base station.
- the handover request includes information required for handover such as an identifier of the target cell.
- Step S606 The target base station performs admission control.
- admission control can be understood as determining whether the terminal device is supported to access the target base station.
- the target base station sends a handover confirmation message to the source base station.
- the source base station receives the handover confirmation message from the target base station.
- the handover confirmation information includes RRC reconfiguration information related to the target cell (such as an identifier of the target cell, etc.).
- Step S608 The source base station forwards the handover confirmation information to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the handover confirmation information from the source base station.
- Step S609 The terminal device performs switching according to the switching confirmation information.
- the terminal device may perform RRC reconfiguration according to the RRC reconfiguration information. After the RRC reconfiguration is completed, the terminal device sends information indicating that the RRC reconfiguration is successful to the target base station. Correspondingly, the target base station receives the information indicating that the RRC reconfiguration is successful from the terminal device. At this point, it can be considered that the handover of the terminal device on the radio access network (RAN) side is successful.
- RAN radio access network
- the switching in this application generally refers to the switching of network device control and terminal device control in the RRC connection state, cell change, etc.
- RedCap is a 5G technology defined by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) standardization organization. RedCap, also known as lightweight 5G, can reduce the cost and power consumption of terminal devices by reducing the bandwidth of terminal devices, the number of transmitting and receiving antennas, and the order of modulation coding scheme (MCS).
- 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
- the R17 RedCap device type (also referred to as R17 RedCap device, such as R17 RedCap terminal equipment, etc.) is defined.
- the maximum bandwidth supported by the R17 RedCap terminal equipment in the low-frequency band i.e., frequency range 1 (FR1)
- FR2 frequency range 1
- FR2 millimeter wave high-frequency band
- downlink information such as system information block (SIB) 1, other system information (OSI), RAR, Msg4, etc.
- SIB system information block
- OSI system information
- RAR RAR
- Msg4 Msg4
- PRBs physical resource blocks
- the terminal device can carry a logical channel identifier (LCID)(s) in either Msg3 or MsgA.
- LCID logical channel identifier
- the base station can identify the R17 RedCap terminal device by LCID(s).
- the terminal device may send Msg1 or MsgA at a specific PRACH opportunity, and/or, either Msg1 or MsgA carries a specific preamble, and the base station may identify the R17 RedCap terminal device through the PRACH opportunity and/or the specific preamble. That is, the specific PRACH opportunity and/or the specific preamble are used to identify the RedCap terminal device.
- the specific PRACH opportunity and/or the specific preamble may be preconfigured by the base station.
- the RedCap device type is further defined.
- the maximum baseband bandwidth supported by R18 RedCap devices (also referred to as R18 RedCap devices, such as R18 RedCap terminal devices, etc.) is 5MHz, and the maximum RF bandwidth supported is 20MHz.
- R18 RedCap devices can also be called enhanced reduced capability (eRedCap) devices, such as eRedCap terminal devices, etc., and this application does not impose any restrictions.
- eRedCap enhanced reduced capability
- R18 RedCap terminal equipment compared with R17 RedCap terminal equipment, R18 RedCap terminal equipment has lower complexity and lower cost.
- R18 RedCap terminal equipment has lower bandwidth in frequency range 1 (RF1), such as the baseband (BB) bandwidth of R18 RedCap terminal equipment for uplink data transmission channel and downlink data transmission channel (including unicast and broadcast) is 5MHz, and the RF bandwidth of R18 RedCap terminal equipment for uplink and downlink transmission is 20MHz.
- RF1 frequency range 1
- R18 RedCap terminal devices have a lower data rate than R17 RedCap terminal devices, for example, the first parameter restriction, i.e., the maximum number of supported layers Modulation order
- the constraints on the scaling factor f (j) are: f (j) The product of the three is not less than 3.2. For R17 RedCap terminal equipment, The product of f (j) is not less than 4.
- the capabilities of the R18 RedCap terminal device or the eRedCap terminal device are lower, for example, the baseband processing bandwidth of the R18 RedCap terminal device or the eRedCap terminal device is smaller than the baseband processing bandwidth of the R18 RedCap terminal device.
- the size of the initial downlink BWP is 24 PRBs; therefore, as shown in Figure 7, the downlink information sent by the base station in the initial downlink BWP needs to be scheduled within 5 MHz to be received by the R18 RedCap terminal device.
- the use of high-order MCS enables the downlink information sent by the initial downlink BWP to be scheduled within 5MHz, thereby ensuring that the downlink information can be successfully received by the R18 RedCap terminal device.
- this method causes the transmission performance of the terminal equipment at the edge of the cell coverage area to be reduced, so that the terminal equipment cannot receive MsgA or Msg4 from the base station, which leads to RA failure.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, and the terminal device can determine the size relationship between the first difference and the second difference and the first threshold value respectively according to the first offset value.
- the terminal device can indicate to the first network device that MsgA or Msg4 needs to be enhanced, thereby improving the receiving performance of the terminal device.
- the communication system can be a 3GPP communication system, for example, a 4th generation (4G) long term evolution (LTE) system, a 5G system such as a NR system, a satellite communication system, a non-terrestrial network (NTN) system, or a system of LTE and 5G hybrid networking, or a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, an Internet of Things (IoT), a universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS), a code division multiple access (CDMA) communication system, a wireless local area network (WLAN), and a communication system that will evolve in the future.
- the communication system can also be a non-3GPP communication system without limitation.
- eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
- URLLC ultra-reliable low latency communication
- MTC machine type communication
- mMTC massive machine type communication
- D2D and IoT and other communication scenarios.
- the communication system includes at least one network device and at least one terminal device.
- different terminal devices can communicate with each other.
- At least one network device is network device 1
- at least one terminal device is terminal device 1 , terminal device 2 , terminal device 3 , and terminal device 4 .
- the communication system may be in the following three forms:
- the communication system includes a first network device and a terminal device, wherein the first network device and the terminal device are first-type devices.
- the first network device may also be referred to as a first-category network device, and a cell in the first-category network device may be referred to as a first-category cell.
- the terminal device may also be referred to as a first-category terminal device.
- the first type of device may be an R18 RedCap device. Therefore, the first network device may be referred to as an R18 RedCap network device, and the first type of terminal device may be referred to as an R18 RedCap terminal device.
- the communication system includes a second network device and a terminal device, wherein the second network device is a second type of device and the terminal device is a first type of device.
- the second type of device may include a second type of network device and a second type of terminal device.
- the second type of network device may also be referred to as a second type of network device.
- the maximum bandwidth supported by the second type of terminal device is greater than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device.
- the cell in the second category of network equipment can be called a second category cell.
- the carrier bandwidth of the second category cell is less than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device.
- the maximum bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device may include the maximum baseband bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device, or may also include the maximum radio frequency bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device.
- the maximum bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device includes the maximum baseband bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device
- the maximum bandwidth supported by the second category terminal device is greater than the maximum bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device
- the maximum bandwidth supported by the second category terminal device is equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device
- the maximum baseband bandwidth supported by the terminal device may be the maximum baseband bandwidth in FR1, or the maximum baseband bandwidth in FR2, and the maximum radio frequency bandwidth supported by the terminal device may be the maximum radio frequency bandwidth in FR1, or the maximum radio frequency bandwidth in FR2.
- the second type of device belongs to the third type of device, that is, the second type of device is a part of the third type of device.
- the second type of network device is a network device in which the carrier bandwidth of the cell in the third type of network device is less than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device.
- the third category of equipment is an R17 RedCap equipment and the first category of equipment is an R18 RedCap equipment
- the second category of network equipment is a network device in which the carrier bandwidth of the cell in the R17 RedCap network device is less than or equal to 5 MHz.
- the communication system includes a third network device, a fourth network device, and a terminal device.
- the third network device and the terminal device are first-class devices, and the third network device is a service network device of the terminal device, and the fourth network device is a second-class device, and the fourth network device is a target network device of the terminal device.
- the first category of devices and the second category of devices may refer to the relevant descriptions in (a) of FIG. 9 and (b) of FIG. 9 above, and this application will not elaborate on them here.
- the network device is a radio access network (RAN) node (or device) that connects the terminal device to the wireless network, and can be an evolutionary base station (evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE or evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), such as a traditional macro base station eNB and a micro base station eNB in a heterogeneous network scenario; or it can be a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC) or it can be a node B (node B, NB); or it can be a base station controller (base station controller, BSC); or it can be a base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS); or it can be a home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB); or it can be a base band unit (base band unit, BBU) or it can be a next-generation node in a 5G system.
- RAN radio access network
- Point B (next generation node B, gNodeB or gNB); or it can be a next generation base station in a 6G system; or it can be a transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP); or it can be a base station in a future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN); or it can be a broadband network service gateway (broadband network gateway, BNG), an aggregation switch or a non-3GPP access device; or it can be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN); or it can be an access node (access point, AP) in a WiFi system; or it can be a wireless relay node or a wireless backhaul node; or it can be a device that implements a base station function in IoT, a device that implements a base station function in V2X, a device that implements a base station function in D2D, or a device that implements a base station function in M2M, and the
- the base station in the embodiment of the present application may include various forms of base stations, such as: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), Indoor station, relay station, access point, donor node, etc., the embodiments of the present application do not make specific limitations on this.
- a network device may refer to a module or unit that performs some functions of a base station.
- a central unit (CU), or a network device may be composed of a CU and a distributed unit (DU).
- CU and DU may be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network.
- the functions of the RRC protocol layer, the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer, and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer are set in the CU, while the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer are set in the DU.
- RRC radio link control
- MAC media access control
- PHY Packet Control
- the CU may be composed of a CU control plane (CU control plane, CU-CP) and a CU user plane (CU user plane, CU-UP).
- CU control plane CU control plane, CU-CP
- CU user plane CU-UP
- the terminal device may refer to a user-side device with wireless transceiver functions, which can send signals to network devices or receive signals from network devices.
- the terminal device may also be called user equipment (UE), terminal, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station (MS), remote station, remote terminal, mobile terminal (MT), user terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
- the terminal can be widely used in various scenarios, for example, it can be a wireless terminal in IoT, D2D, M2M, MTC, 5G network, or future evolved PLMN.
- the terminal device can be deployed in the air (such as on airplanes, balloons and satellites, etc.).
- the terminal device can be a drone, a helicopter, a robotic arm, an IoT device (e.g., a sensor, an electric meter, a water meter, etc.), a V2X device, a station (ST) in a WLAN, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA) device, a mobile Internet device (MID) handheld device with wireless communication function, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, a wearable device (also called a wearable smart device), a tablet computer or a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) device, or a wearable device.
- IoT device e.g., a sensor, an electric meter, a water meter, etc.
- V2X device e.g., a V2X device
- ST station
- ST in a WLAN
- a cellular phone
- VR virtual reality
- industrial control industrial control
- self driving self driving
- remote medical remote medical
- smart grid smart grid
- transportation safety transportation safety
- smart city smart city
- smart home smart home control system
- SCS smart home control system
- OA office automation
- drones with UAV to UAV (U2U) communication capabilities etc.
- the functions of the network device may also be performed by a module (such as a chip) in the network device, or may also be performed by a control subsystem including the network device function.
- the control subsystem including the network device function may be a control center in the above-mentioned application scenarios such as smart grid, industrial control, smart transportation, smart city, etc.
- the functions of the terminal device may also be performed by a module (such as a chip or a modem) in the terminal device, or may also be performed by a device including the terminal device function.
- the communication system described in the embodiment of the present application is for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- a person of ordinary skill in the art can know that with the evolution of network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to similar technical problems.
- the relevant functions of the terminal device or network device involved in the present application can be implemented by the communication device 100 in Figure 10.
- the communication device 100 includes one or more processors 1001.
- the communication device 100 may also include a communication bus 1002 and at least one communication interface (Figure 10 is only exemplary, and the communication device 100 includes a communication interface 1004 and a processor 1001 as an example for explanation).
- the communication device 100 may also include a memory 1003.
- Processor 1001 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application, or a processing core for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
- the processor may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor.
- the processor 1001 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 10 .
- the communication bus 1002 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus.
- the bus may be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc.
- FIG. 10 is represented by only one thick line, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
- the communication bus 1002 is used to connect different components in the communication device 100 so that different components in the communication device 100 can communicate and interact with each other.
- the communication interface 1004 may be a transceiver module for communicating with other devices or a communication network, such as Ethernet, RAN, WLAN, etc.
- the communication interface 1004 may be a device such as a transceiver or a transceiver.
- the communication interface 1004 may also be a transceiver circuit located in the processor 1001, for implementing signal input and signal output of the processor.
- the memory 1003 may be a device with a storage function. For example, it may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
- the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor via the communication bus 1002. The memory may also be integrated with the processor.
- the memory 1003 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 1001.
- the processor 1001 is used to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 1003, thereby implementing the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the processor 1001 may also perform processing-related functions in the method provided in the following embodiments of the present application, and the communication interface 1004 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- the communication device 100 may further include an output device 1005 and an input device 1006.
- the output device 1005 communicates with the processor 1001 and may display information in a variety of ways.
- the output device 1005 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector.
- the input device 1006 communicates with the processor 1001 and may receive user input in a variety of ways.
- the input device 1006 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.
- composition structure shown in FIG. 10 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
- the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.
- the network device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiment of the present application, and these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application can also perform other operations or various operations.
- each step can be performed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it is possible not to perform all the operations in the embodiment of the present application.
- the communication method includes the following steps:
- the terminal device obtains a first offset value, where the first offset value is a dedicated offset value for a first type of terminal device.
- the first offset value may be predefined, for example, the first offset value is predefined by a protocol, or the first offset value may be preconfigured by the first network device.
- the communication method may further include step S1100:
- the first network device sends system information of the first cell. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the system information of the first cell from the first network device.
- the system information of the first cell includes a first offset value. That is, the first offset value may be carried in the system information of the first cell, for example, the first offset value may be carried in SIB1.
- the system information of the first cell may be carried in a broadcast message of the first cell.
- the first network device sends the broadcast message of the first cell in a broadcast form, so that the terminal device can receive the broadcast message of the first cell, thereby obtaining the first offset.
- the terminal device may determine the magnitude relationship between the first difference and the first threshold.
- the first difference is the difference between the Srxlev of the first cell and the first offset value, or the first difference is the difference between the Srxlev of the first cell and the first offset value. That is, the first difference may be a positive number, or a negative number, or 0.
- the first cell is a cell in the first network device, that is, the first network device is a network device to which the first cell belongs.
- the Srxlev of the first cell may be determined according to the relationship (1) in the above step S105.
- the first threshold may be predefined, for example, the first threshold may be predefined by a protocol. Alternatively, the first threshold may be preconfigured by the first network device. Alternatively, the first threshold may be a default value. For example, the first threshold may be 0 by default.
- the first threshold when the first threshold is preconfigured by the first network device, the first threshold may be carried in the system information of the first cell.
- Qoffset eRedCap represents the first offset value.
- the parameters except Qoffset eRedCap in relation (3) can refer to the relevant description of relation (1) above, and the present application will not repeat them here.
- the terminal device may determine the magnitude relationship between the second difference and the first threshold.
- the second difference is the difference between the Squal of the first cell and the first offset value.
- the second difference is the difference between the Squal of the first cell and the first offset value.
- the second difference may be a positive number, or a negative number, or 0.
- the Squal of the first cell may be determined according to the relationship (2) in the above step S105.
- the first difference may satisfy the following relationship (4):
- the second difference Q qualmeas -(Q qualmin +Q qualminoffset )-Qoffset temp -Qoffset eRedCap (4)
- Qoffset eRedCap represents the first offset value.
- the parameters except Qoffset eRedCap in relation (4) can refer to the relevant description in the above relation (2), and the present application will not repeat them here.
- the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device. Accordingly, the first network device receives the first information from the terminal device. The first information indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or MsgB in the random access process.
- the terminal device when the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, including: when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or when the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
- the terminal device when the first difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, including: when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
- the terminal device When the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, including: when the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
- the terminal device When the first difference is less than the first threshold and the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, including: when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
- the first offset value is used to determine the position of the terminal device in the first coverage area of the first network device.
- the coverage area of the first network device includes a first range and a second range.
- the first coverage area is an area in the coverage area of the first network device where the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0.
- the terminal device when the first difference is less than the first threshold value, and/or the second difference is less than the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the second range; when the first difference is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, and the second difference is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the first range. That is, the first offset value can be used to distinguish between the first range and the second range in the first coverage area.
- the first offset value is used to determine the position of the terminal device in the coverage area of the first network device, including: the first offset is used to determine the first difference, and the first difference is used to determine the position of the terminal device in the coverage area of the first network device. That is, the first difference is first calculated according to the first offset, and then the position of the terminal device in the coverage area of the first network device is determined according to the first difference.
- the first coverage area can be as shown in Figure 13.
- the terminal device can be considered to be in the first range of the first coverage area, and the area surrounded by the dotted circle in Figure 13 is the first range;
- the terminal device can be considered to be in the second range of the first coverage area, that is, the terminal device is at the edge of the first coverage area, and the area in the implementation circle of Figure 13 except the area surrounded by the dotted circle is the second range.
- step S1102 can also be understood as the terminal device sending the first information to the first network device when the terminal device is in the second range of the coverage area of the first network device, that is, the terminal device is at the edge of the coverage area of the first network device.
- the first information may be carried in any one of Msg1, Msg3 and MsgA in the RA process.
- the first information can be carried in Msg1 or Msg3; when RA is non-contention random access (CFRA) and 4-step RA, the first information can be carried in Msg1 or Msg3; when RA is 2-step RA, the first information can be carried in MsgA.
- CFRA non-contention random access
- RA 2-step RA
- step S1102 may also be that when the first difference is less than threshold A and/or the second difference is less than threshold B, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
- the terminal device when the first difference is less than threshold A, and/or the second difference is less than threshold B, the terminal device sends first information to the first network device, including: when Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than threshold A, and/or when Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than threshold B, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
- the situation where the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the threshold A, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the threshold B is similar to the situation where the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold.
- the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold.
- the case where the difference is smaller than the first threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is smaller than the first threshold is not described in detail here.
- threshold A and threshold B may be the same or different.
- threshold A and threshold B may be the first threshold.
- the terminal device may also instruct the first network device to repeatedly send part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB, where the part of the information is necessary information for the RA process.
- the terminal device may instruct the first network device not to repeatedly send another part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB except the part of the information.
- the part of the information may also be referred to as emergency information, and the other part of the information may be referred to as non-emergency information.
- the non-emergency information may be non-emergency configuration information, such as a non-emergency dedicated partial bandwidth (BWP) configuration.
- BWP non-emergency dedicated BWP configuration
- the non-emergency dedicated BWP configuration may be a newly added BWP configuration.
- the terminal device instructs the first network device to repeatedly send part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB, or instructs the first network device not to repeatedly send another part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB, which can be implemented in the following two ways:
- the first information may also be used to instruct the first network device to repeatedly send part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB, or the first information may also be used to instruct the first network device not to repeatedly send another part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB.
- the terminal device may further send second indication information to the first network device, and correspondingly, the first network device receives the second indication information from the terminal device.
- the second indication information is used to instruct the first network device to repeatedly send part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB, or the second indication information may also be used to instruct the first network device not to repeatedly send another part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB.
- the second indication information may be carried in any one of Msg1, Msg3 and MsgA of the RA process.
- the communication method may further include step S1103:
- the first network device sends at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device according to the first information.
- the terminal device receives at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device.
- the first network device sends at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device, which can be understood as the first network device enhancing Msg4 or MsgB so that the terminal device can successfully receive Msg4 or MsgB. That is, the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or MsgB to the terminal device.
- the terminal device further instructs the first network device to repeatedly send part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB, or instructs not to repeatedly send another part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB,
- the first network device sends at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device according to the first information, including: the first network device sends partial information in at least one Msg4 or partial information in at least one MsgB to the terminal device according to the first information.
- the first network device sends at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device according to the first information, including: the first network device sends partial information in at least one Msg4 or partial information in at least one MsgB to the terminal device according to the first information and the second indication information.
- another part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB can be carried in an RRC reconfiguration message.
- the terminal device can send the first information, or the first information and the second indication information, to the first network device, so that the first network device can send part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB to the terminal device according to the first information, or the first information and the second indication information, thereby reducing the resources occupied by Msg4 or MsgB repeatedly sent by the first network device.
- the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or MsgB to the terminal device, including the first network device repeatedly sending Msg4 or MsgB to the terminal device within a first quantity threshold or within a first time range.
- the first quantity threshold and the first time range may be predefined by the first network device.
- the first network device may predefine the number of times to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB (i.e., the first quantity threshold); or, the first network device may predefine the time range for repeatedly sending Msg4 or MsgB (i.e., the first time range), and exemplarily, the time range may be 5 seconds (second, s), that is, the first network device may repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB within 5s.
- the first network device stops sending Msg4 or MsgB.
- the response message is a response of the terminal device to receiving Msg4 or MsgB.
- the response message may be Msg5, or may be an RRC connection establishment completion message or an uplink confirmation message, such as an uplink confirmation message may be a HARQ-ACK or an automatic repeat request acknowledgment message (automatic repeat request acknowledgment, ARQ-ACK).
- the communication method provided by the present application can determine the relative position of the terminal device itself in the coverage area of the first network device according to the size relationship between the first difference and the second difference and the first threshold respectively.
- the terminal device can instruct the first network device to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB (that is, send the first information) so that the first network device can send at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device to improve the terminal device.
- the communication method shown in Figure 11 above the value of the first offset value is greater than or equal to 0.
- the present application also supports the value of the first offset value being less than or equal to 0.
- the communication method includes the following steps:
- Step 11 wherein step 11 is the same as step S1101, and for details, please refer to the relevant description in step S1101, which will not be repeated here.
- Step 12 When the first sum is less than the first threshold value, and/or the second sum is less than the first threshold value, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
- the first sum is the sum of the Srxlev of the first cell and the first offset value, or the first difference is the sum of the Srxlev of the first cell and the first offset value. That is, the first sum can be a positive number, a negative number, or zero.
- the second sum is the sum of the Squal of the first cell and the first offset value.
- the second sum is the sum of the Squal of the first cell and the first offset value. That is, the second sum may be a positive number, a negative number, or zero.
- the first difference may satisfy the following relationship (6):
- the second difference Q qualmeas -(Q qualmin +Q qualminoffset )-Qoffset temp +Qoffset eRedCap (6)
- the terminal device when the first sum is less than the first threshold, and/or the second sum is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, including: when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first sum is less than the first threshold, and/or when the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second sum is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
- the terminal device when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first sum is less than the first threshold, and/or when the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second sum is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, which is similar to the process in which the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or when the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold.
- the terminal device sending the first information to the first network device when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or when the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold, which will not be repeated here.
- the terminal device when the first sum is less than the first threshold value, and/or the second sum is less than the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the second range in the first coverage range; when the first sum is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, and the second sum is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the first range in the first coverage range.
- the first coverage range can refer to the relevant description in FIG. 13 above, which will not be repeated here.
- the present application also provides a communication method, as shown in FIG14 , which may include the following steps:
- the terminal device obtains a fourth threshold value.
- the fourth threshold value may include a first sub-threshold value and a second sub-threshold value.
- the fourth threshold is used to determine the position of the terminal device in the first coverage area of the first network device.
- the fourth threshold can be called a second offset value.
- the fourth threshold is greater than or equal to 0.
- the fourth threshold may be preconfigured by the first network device.
- the fourth threshold may be carried in the system information of the first cell.
- the fourth threshold may also be referred to as a receiving threshold, which is not limited in the present application.
- the communication method may further include step S1400:
- the first network device sends system information of the first cell.
- the terminal device receives the system information of the first cell from the first network device.
- the system information of the first cell includes a fourth threshold. That is, the fourth threshold may be carried in the system information of the first cell, for example, the fourth threshold may be carried in SIB1.
- the system information of the first cell may be carried in a broadcast message of the first cell.
- the first network device sends the broadcast message of the first cell in a broadcast form, so that the terminal device can receive the broadcast message of the first cell, thereby acquiring the fourth threshold.
- the first sub-threshold and the second sub-threshold may be the same or different.
- the fourth threshold includes the first sub-threshold, or the fourth threshold includes the fourth sub-threshold.
- the first offset value in Figure 11 can be used as the fourth threshold. That is, when the first sub-threshold and the second sub-threshold are the same, the operation performed in step S1401 is the same as the operation performed in step S1101.
- the terminal device may determine the relationship between Srxlev of the first cell and the first sub-threshold.
- the Srxlev of the first cell may be determined according to the relationship (1) in the above step S105.
- the terminal device may determine the relationship between Squal of the first cell and the second sub-threshold.
- the Squal of the first cell may be determined according to the relationship (2) in the above step S105.
- the terminal device When the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, the terminal device sends a first message to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first message from the terminal device. The first message indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or 4MsgB in the RA process.
- the terminal device when the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold and/or the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, including: when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
- the terminal device when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, which is similar to the process in which the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold.
- the terminal device sending the first information to the first network device when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold, which will not be repeated here.
- the terminal device when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than or equal to the first sub-threshold, and the Squal of the first cell is greater than or equal to the second sub-threshold, the terminal device can be considered to be in the third range of the first coverage area of the first network device; when the first difference is less than the first threshold, or the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device can be considered to be in the fourth range of the first coverage area of the first network device, that is, the terminal device is at the edge of the first coverage area.
- the first coverage area is the same as the first coverage area in the above step S1102, and the details can be referred to the relevant description of the first coverage area in the above step S1102, which will not be repeated here.
- the first coverage area can be as shown in Figure 15.
- the terminal device When the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than or equal to the first sub-threshold, and the Squal of the first cell is greater than or equal to the second sub-threshold, the terminal device can be considered to be in the third range of the coverage area of the first network device, and the area surrounded by the dotted circle in Figure 15 is the third range; when the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, the terminal device can be considered to be in the fourth range of the coverage area of the first network device, and the area in the implementation circle of Figure 15 except the area surrounded by the dotted circle is the fourth range.
- the third range may be the same as or different from the first range
- the fourth range may be the same as or different from the second range.
- step S1402 is similar to the above step S1102, and reference may be made to the relevant description of the above step S1102, which will not be repeated in this application.
- step S1103 may also be executed.
- the terminal device can determine the relative position of the terminal device itself in the coverage area of the first network device according to the size relationship between the Srxlev of the first cell and the Squal of the first cell and the fourth threshold of the coverage range of the first cell, and when the terminal device is in the first range of the coverage area of the first network device, that is, when the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, or when the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, at this time, the terminal device is far away from the first network device, and the receiving performance of the terminal device is poor.
- the terminal device can instruct the first network device to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB (i.e., send the first information), so that the first network device can send at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device, so as to improve the performance of the terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby improving the probability of success of the RA process.
- Msg4 or MsgB i.e., send the first information
- the present application further provides a communication method, and the communication method includes the following steps:
- Step 1 The terminal device sends first information to the first network device.
- the first network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
- the first information is used to instruct the first network device to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB in the random access process.
- the first information in step 1 may also be used to indicate that the terminal device is a first-category terminal device.
- the terminal device informs the first network device that the terminal device is a first-category terminal device.
- the process of the terminal device sending the first information to the first network device can refer to the relevant description of the process of the terminal device sending the first information to the first network device in FIG. 11 above, and the present application will not elaborate on it here.
- Step 2 is the same as step 1103.
- step S1103 please refer to the relevant description of step S1103, which will not be repeated in this application.
- the terminal device when the terminal device is a first-class terminal device and the first network device is a first-class network device, due to the first-class The capability of the terminal device is lower than that of the second type of terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device sends the first information to enable the first network device to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB in the random access process to improve the performance of the first type of terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process.
- the above is an explanation of sending the first information.
- the following is an introduction to the access of the terminal device to the second type of network device.
- the terminal device is a first type of terminal device.
- the access of the terminal device to the second type of network device can be implemented based on the following two scenarios:
- Scenario 1 During cell selection and random access.
- the terminal device may initiate RA to the second cell in the second network device.
- a communication method provided by the present application may include the following steps:
- the second network device sends system information of the second cell to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the system information of the second cell from the second network device.
- the system information of the second cell indicates whether the second cell supports access of a second type of terminal device, and/or the system information of the second cell further indicates a carrier bandwidth of the second cell.
- the carrier bandwidth may also be referred to as the transmission bandwidth, or may also be referred to as the channel bandwidth, which is not limited in this application.
- system information of the second cell indicates whether the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment, which can be implemented in the following two signaling ways:
- the system information of the second cell may include a first field, and the first field indicates whether the second cell supports access by a second type of terminal device.
- Different values of the first field can be understood as first indication information, that is, the first indication information indicates whether the second cell supports access by a second type of terminal device.
- the first indication information indicating whether the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal device can also be understood as the first indication information indicating the type of the second network device.
- the first indication information indicates that the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal device, it indicates that the second network device is a second type of network device.
- the first indication information indicates that the second cell does not support access of the second type of terminal device, it indicates that the second network device is a device other than the second type of network device.
- This application is described by taking the second type of network device as the second type of network device, that is, the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal device as an example.
- the first indication information may be represented by 1 bit.
- the value of the 1 bit is a first value, it may indicate that the second cell supports access by a second type of terminal device; when the value of the 1 bit is a second value, it may indicate that the second cell does not support access by a second type of terminal device.
- the first value may be 1, and correspondingly, the second value is 0; or the first value may be 0, and correspondingly, the second value is 1.
- the first indication information may indicate whether the second cell supports access by the second type of terminal device by enumeration. For example, if the first indication information is allowed, it indicates that the second cell supports access by the second type of terminal device; if the first indication information is not allowed, it indicates that the second cell does not support access by the second type of terminal device.
- whether the second cell supports access by the second type of terminal device is indicated by whether the system information of the second cell carries the first field. Wherein, if the system information of the second cell carries the first field, it indicates that the second cell supports access by the second type of terminal device; if the system information of the second cell does not carry the first field, it indicates that the second cell does not support access by the second type of terminal device.
- the first field may be the intraFreqReselectionRedCap-r17 field.
- whether the second cell supports access by the second type of terminal equipment is indicated by whether the system information of the second cell carries the first field, and different values of the first field, or different indication information in the first field.
- the system information of the second cell does not carry the first field, or when the system information of the second cell carries the first field and the first field includes the third indication information, it indicates that the second cell does not support access by the second type of terminal equipment; when the system information of the second cell carries the first field and the first field includes the fourth indication information, it indicates that the second cell supports access by the second type of terminal equipment.
- the third indication information may be not allowed, and correspondingly, the fourth indication information may be allowed.
- the third indication information may be a second value, and correspondingly, the fourth indication information may be a first value.
- the system information of the second cell may also include the carrier bandwidth of the second cell.
- Step S1602 When the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal device, and/or the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal device initiates RA in the second cell.
- the second threshold is the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device. That is, step S1602 may include the following three possible implementations:
- the terminal equipment when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment, the terminal equipment initiates RA in the second cell.
- the terminal device when the second cell supports access of second-type terminal devices, the terminal device initiates RA in the second cell, including: when the second cell supports access of second-type terminal devices and the baseband processing bandwidth of the terminal device is less than or equal to a second threshold, the terminal device initiates RA in the second cell.
- the maximum bandwidth supported by the R18 RedCap terminal device is 5MHz, that is, the second threshold is 5MHz.
- the terminal device can initiate RA in the second cell.
- the terminal device when the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal device initiates RA in the second cell.
- the maximum bandwidth supported by the R18 RedCap terminal device is 5MHz, that is, the second threshold is 5MHz.
- the terminal device can initiate RA in the second cell.
- the terminal equipment when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment and the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal equipment initiates RA in the second cell.
- the terminal device can initiate RA in the second cell.
- the terminal device initiates RA in the second cell, including: the terminal device sends second information to the second network device.
- the second network device receives the second information from the terminal device.
- the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device is a second category terminal device.
- the second network device can identify the device type of the terminal device through the second information.
- the second information indicates that the terminal device is a second-category terminal device, which does not mean that the actual device type of the terminal device is a second-category terminal device.
- the actual device type of the terminal device is a first-category terminal device
- the purpose of the terminal device sending the second information to the second network device is to make the second network device believe that the terminal device is a second-category terminal device, that is, the terminal device disguises its device type as a second-category terminal device, that is, the second information is used for the terminal device to disguise itself as a second-category terminal device.
- the second information may be a type identifier of the second type of terminal device.
- the second information may be an LCID corresponding to the R17 RedCap device type.
- the second information is carried in any one of Msg1, Msg3 and MsgA in the RA process.
- the communication method may further include step S1603:
- Step S1603 The terminal device determines whether the second cell meets the S criterion.
- step S1603 is similar to the above-mentioned step S105, and reference may be made to the relevant description of the above-mentioned step S105, which will not be elaborated in this application.
- the terminal equipment initiates random access in the second cell, including: when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment, and/or the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, and the second cell also needs to meet the S criterion, the terminal equipment initiates random access in the second cell.
- the terminal equipment initiates random access in the second cell; or, when the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold and the second cell meets the S criterion, the terminal equipment initiates random access in the second cell; or, when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment, the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, and the second cell meets the S criterion, the terminal equipment initiates random access in the second cell.
- the terminal device determines whether the second network device is a second-class network device (i.e., whether the second cell supports access by second-class terminal devices) and/or the carrier bandwidth of the second cell through system information of the second cell from the second network device, and when the second network device is a second-class network device (i.e., the second cell supports access by second-class terminal devices) and the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, the second cell can be determined as a resident cell during the cell selection process. This enables the first-class terminal device (i.e., the terminal device) to access the second-class network device (i.e., the second network device).
- the first-class terminal device i.e., the terminal device
- Scenario 2 During cell switching.
- the third network device is a first-type network device
- the third network device is a service network device of the terminal device
- the fourth network device is a second-type network device
- the terminal device can switch from the third network device to the fourth network device. That is, the terminal device can access the fourth network device.
- a communication method provided by the present application may include the following steps:
- the terminal device determines capability information, wherein the capability information indicates that the terminal device can work in a second type of cell, the second type of cell supports access by second type of terminal devices, and the carrier bandwidth of the second type of cell is less than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal devices.
- the second type of cell is a cell in the R17 RedCap network device whose carrier bandwidth is less than or equal to 5 MHz.
- the capability information may include a first parameter, wherein the first parameter is greater than or equal to a third threshold.
- the capability information may include a maximum peak rate related parameter supported by the terminal device, wherein the maximum peak rate related parameter supported by the terminal device includes a maximum supported Number of layers Modulation order Scaling factor f (j) where Modulation order The product of the scaling factors f (j) is greater than or equal to a third threshold, and the third threshold is the minimum peak data rate reduction supported by the second type of terminal equipment.
- the first parameter supported by the second type of terminal device is greater than or equal to 4, and the third threshold may be 4.
- the constraint of the first parameter of the second type of terminal device is greater than or equal to 4.
- the first parameter supported by the second type of terminal device is greater than or equal to the third threshold, which can be understood as the constraint of the second type of terminal device on the first parameter is greater than or equal to the third threshold.
- the terminal device is a first-category terminal device
- the first parameter supported by the first-category terminal device is greater than or equal to 3.2, that is, at this time, the first parameter supported by the terminal device is greater than or equal to 3.2. Therefore, the terminal device can relax the first parameter supported by it to be greater than or equal to 4, so that the terminal device can access the second-category cell.
- the terminal device may relax the first parameter it supports to be greater than or equal to 4, including: when the carrier bandwidth of the cell or the baseband processing bandwidth of the terminal device is within the frequency range of FR1, the terminal device may relax the first parameter it supports to be greater than or equal to 4.
- the first parameter, or the constraint of the first parameter can be determined in the following two ways:
- the first parameter can be based on the maximum number of supported layers. Modulation order
- the scaling factor f (j) is determined, for example, by the product of the three. That is, the terminal device can calculate The product of f (j) determines the first parameter.
- f (j) can be indicated by higher-level parameters (such as RRC parameters).
- maximum number of layers (maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH) of PDSCH transmission supported by multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) technology the maximum number of layers (maxNumberMIMO-LayersCB-PUSCH) of code book-based PUSCH (code book physical uplink shared channel, CB-PUSCH) transmission supported by MIMO technology
- maximum number of layers (maxNumberMIMO-LayersNonCB-PUSCH) of non-code book-based PUSCH noncode book physical uplink shared channel, NonCB-PUSCH
- f (j) can be a scaling factor (scalingFactor) or a scaling factor (scalingFactor-1024QAM-FR1) based on a low frequency band and a 1024 quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM) modulation method.
- scalingFactor scaling factor
- scalingFactor-1024QAM-FR1 scaling factor
- QAM quadrature amplitude modulation
- the terminal device can adjust The value of at least one item in f (j) is large enough to ensure that the peak information rate is greater than or equal to the third threshold.
- the first parameter may be set by the terminal device.
- the terminal device may set the first parameter to a default value.
- the default value may be set to 4, or the default value may be set to any value greater than 4, and this application does not make any specific restrictions.
- S1702 The terminal device sends capability information to the third network device.
- the third network device receives the capability information from the terminal device.
- the terminal device sends capability information to the third network device, including: when the carrier bandwidth of the cell or the baseband processing bandwidth of the terminal device is within the frequency range of FR1, the terminal device sends capability information to the third network device.
- the third network device receives the capability information, it can be considered that the terminal device is able to access the second type of network device. Therefore, when determining the target cell, the third network device can include the cell in the second type of network device in the determination range, that is, the third network device can determine the fourth cell as the target cell.
- the fourth cell is a cell in the fourth network device, the second type of cell includes the fourth cell, and the fourth cell allows the terminal device to access.
- the communication method may also include steps S1703-S1704:
- the third network device sends information about the fourth cell to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the information about the fourth cell from the third network device.
- the terminal device sends an RRC reconnection request to the fourth cell based on the information of the fourth cell.
- the RRC reestablishment request can also be an RRC resume request (RRC resume request) or an RRC establishment request (RRC setup request).
- the terminal device sends capability information to the third network device, informing the third network device that it can work in the second type of network device, so that when the third network device determines the target cell, it can include the cell in the second type of network device (such as the fourth cell) in the determination range, and then can determine the cell in the second type of network device as the target cell, so that the terminal device can switch to the second type of network device, thereby enabling the terminal device to access the second type of network device.
- the third network device determines the target cell
- the second type of network device such as the fourth cell
- the methods and/or steps implemented by the network device can also be implemented by components that can be used for the network device (such as a processor, a chip, a chip system, a circuit, a logic module, or software such as a chip or a circuit);
- the methods and/or steps implemented by the terminal device can also be implemented by components that can be used for the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, a chip system, a circuit, a logic module, or software such as a chip or a circuit).
- the above mainly introduces the scheme provided by the present application. Accordingly, the present application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods.
- the communication device can be a terminal device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above terminal device, or a component that can be used for a terminal device, such as a chip or a chip system; or, the communication device can be a network device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above network device, or a component that can be used for a network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
- the communication device may include a module or unit for implementing the data transmission method above. The following only describes the main steps of the scheme. For specific details, please refer to the previous method embodiment, which will not be repeated below.
- the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of each function.
- the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.
- the embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the communication device according to the above method embodiment.
- each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
- the above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.
- Communication Device Figure 18 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 180.
- the communication device 180 includes a processing module 1801 and a transceiver module 1802.
- the communication device 180 can be used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned network device or terminal device.
- the communication device 180 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 18 ) for storing program instructions and data.
- the transceiver module 1802 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit for implementing a sending and/or receiving function.
- the transceiver module 1802 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
- the transceiver module 1802 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to execute the receiving and sending steps performed by the network device or terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document; the processing module 1801 may be used to execute the processing steps (such as determination, generation, etc.) performed by the network device or terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document.
- the processing module 1801 may be used to execute the processing steps (such as determination, generation, etc.) performed by the network device or terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document.
- the processing module 1801 is used to obtain a first offset value, wherein the first offset value is a dedicated offset value for a first type of terminal device.
- the transceiver module 1802 is used to send first information to a first network device; wherein the first difference value is the difference between Srxlev of the first cell and the first offset value, and the second difference value is the difference between Srxlev of the first cell and the first offset value; the first information indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or MsgB in the RA process, and the first network device is a network device to which the first cell belongs.
- the transceiver module 1802 is also used for the terminal device to receive system information of the first cell from the first network device, where the system information includes a first offset value.
- the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to receive at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device.
- the processing module 1801 is used to obtain a fourth threshold, where the fourth threshold includes a first sub-threshold and a second sub-threshold.
- the transceiver module 1802 is used to send first information to a first network device, where the first information indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or MsgB in a random access process, and the first network device is a network device to which the first cell belongs.
- the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to receive system information of the first cell from the first network device, where the system information includes a fourth threshold.
- the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to receive at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device.
- the transceiver module 1802 is used to receive system information of a second cell from a second network device, the system information indicating whether the second cell supports access of a second type of terminal device, and the system information also indicates a carrier bandwidth of the second cell, the maximum bandwidth supported by the second type of terminal device is greater than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device, and the terminal device is a first type of terminal device.
- the processing module 1801 is used to initiate random access in the second cell, and the second threshold is the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device.
- the transceiver module 1802 is further used to send second information to the second network device, where the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device is a second type of terminal device.
- the processing module 1801 is used to determine the capability information of the terminal device, the capability information indicates that the terminal device can work in the second type of cell, the second type of cell supports the access of the second type of terminal device; the carrier bandwidth of the second type of cell is less than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device, and the terminal device is the first type of terminal device.
- the transceiver module 1802 is used to send the capability information to the third network device.
- the transceiver module 1802 is further used to receive information about a fourth cell from a third network device, where the second type of cell includes the fourth cell, and the fourth cell allows terminal devices to access; the processing module 1801 is further used to perform cell switching according to the information about the fourth cell.
- the transceiver module 1802 is also used to receive first information from a terminal device, where the first information indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends message 4 Msg4 or message BMsgB in a random access process; the transceiver module 1802 is also used to send at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device.
- the transceiver module 1802 is further used to send system information of the first cell to the terminal device, where the system information of the first cell includes a first offset value, and the first network device is a network device to which the first cell belongs.
- the transceiver module 1802 is further used to send a first offset value to the terminal device, where the first offset value is a dedicated offset value for the first type of terminal device.
- the communication device 180 may be presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
- the "module” here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
- ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
- the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1802 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the function/implementation process of the processing module 1801 can be implemented through the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or the chip system.
- the communication device 180 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
- the network device or terminal device described in the embodiments of the present application can also be implemented using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), programmable logic devices (PLD), controllers, state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits that can perform the various functions described throughout the present application.
- FPGA field programmable gate arrays
- PLD programmable logic devices
- controllers state machines
- gate logic discrete hardware components
- discrete hardware components any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits that can perform the various functions described throughout the present application.
- the network device or terminal device described in the embodiments of the present application can also be implemented using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), programmable logic devices (PLD), controllers, state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits that can perform the various functions described throughout the present application.
- FPGA field programmable gate arrays
- PLD programmable logic devices
- controllers state machines
- gate logic discrete hardware components
- discrete hardware components any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits that can perform the various functions described throughout the present application.
- the network device or terminal device of the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by a general bus architecture.
- Figure 19 is a structural diagram of a communication device 190 provided in an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 190 includes a processor 1901 and a transceiver 1902.
- the communication device 190 can be a terminal device, or a chip or chip system therein; or, the communication device 190 can be a network device, or a chip or module therein.
- Figure 19 only shows the main components of the communication device 190.
- the communication device may further include a memory 1903, and an input and output device (not shown in Figure 19).
- the processor 1901 is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire communication device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
- the memory 1903 is mainly used to store the software program and data.
- the transceiver 1902 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna.
- the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals.
- the antenna is mainly used to transmit and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
- Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
- the processor 1901, the transceiver 1902, and the memory 1903 may be connected via a communication bus.
- the processor 1901 can read the software program in the memory 1903, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
- the processor 1901 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the RF circuit.
- the RF circuit performs RF processing on the baseband signal and then sends the RF signal outward in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
- the RF circuit receives the RF signal through the antenna, converts the RF signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1901.
- the processor 1901 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
- the RF circuit and antenna may be provided independently of the processor performing baseband processing, for example, in a distributed field.
- the RF circuit and antenna can be independent of the communication device and arranged remotely.
- the above-mentioned communication device 180 may take the form of the communication device 190 shown in FIG. 19 .
- the function/implementation process of the processing module 1801 in FIG18 can be implemented by the processor 1901 in the communication device 190 shown in FIG19 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 1903.
- the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1802 in FIG18 can be implemented by the transceiver 1902 in the communication device 190 shown in FIG19.
- an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which includes a processor for implementing a method in any of the above method embodiments.
- the communication device further includes a memory.
- the memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data.
- the computer program may include instructions, and the processor may call the instructions in the computer program stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments.
- the memory may not be in the communication device.
- the communication device also includes an interface circuit, which is a code/data read/write interface circuit, which is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in a memory, may be read directly from the memory, or may pass through other devices) and transmit them to the processor.
- an interface circuit which is a code/data read/write interface circuit, which is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in a memory, may be read directly from the memory, or may pass through other devices) and transmit them to the processor.
- the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the communication interface is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device.
- the communication device can be a chip or a chip system.
- the communication device can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
- the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
- the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored.
- a computer program or instruction is stored on which a computer program or instruction is stored.
- the present application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
- the systems, devices and methods described in the present application can also be implemented in other ways.
- the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
- the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
- Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, i.e., they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed over multiple network units.
- the components shown as units may or may not be physical units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
- the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
- the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center.
- wired e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, DSL)
- wireless e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access or may contain one or more servers, data centers and other data storage devices that can be integrated with the medium.
- the available medium may be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (e.g., a solid state disk (SSD)), etc.
- the computer may include the aforementioned device.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Quality & Reliability (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请要求于2023年04月07日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202310417664.7、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on April 7, 2023, with application number 202310417664.7 and application name “A Communication Method and Device”, all contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
本申请实施例涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communications, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)R18中定义了进一步能力降低(enhanced reduced·capability,eRedCap)终端。其中,eRedCap终端能够支持的最大基带带宽为5兆赫兹(mega Hertz,MHz),能够支持的最大射频带宽为20MHz。The 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) R18 defines enhanced reduced capability (eRedCap) terminals. The maximum baseband bandwidth that an eRedCap terminal can support is 5 mega Hertz (MHz), and the maximum RF bandwidth that it can support is 20 MHz.
在引入eRedCap终端后,需要采用高阶调制编码策略(modulation coding scheme,MCS),使得作为基带带宽的初始下行部分带宽(bandwidth part,BWP)上发送的信息能够成功被eRedCap终端接收。After the eRedCap terminal is introduced, a high-order modulation coding scheme (MCS) needs to be adopted so that the information sent on the initial downlink bandwidth part (BWP) of the baseband bandwidth can be successfully received by the eRedCap terminal.
然而,采用高阶MCS,会降低eRedCap终端的接收性能。However, using high-order MCS will degrade the reception performance of the eRedCap terminal.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,能够提高能力降低(enhanced reduced·capability,eRedCap)终端设备的接收性能。The present application provides a communication method and apparatus that can improve the receiving performance of a reduced-capability (enhanced reduced capability, eRedCap) terminal device.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件,例如终端设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分终端设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。该方法包括:获取第一偏移值,第一偏移值为第一类终端设备的专用偏移值;在第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,向第一网络设备发送第一信息;其中,第一差值为第一小区的小区选择接收等级值(cell selection reception level value,Srxlev)与第一偏移值的差值,第二差值为第一小区的小区选择质量值(cell selection quality value,Squal)与第一偏移值的差值;第一信息指示第一网络设备重复发送随机接入(random access,RA)过程中的消息(message,Msg)4或MsgB,第一网络设备为第一小区所属的网络设备。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal device, or by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the terminal device. The method includes: obtaining a first offset value, the first offset value being a dedicated offset value for a first type of terminal device; sending a first message to a first network device when a first difference value is less than a first threshold value, and/or a second difference value is less than the first threshold value; wherein the first difference value is a difference between a cell selection reception level value (cell selection reception level value, Srxlev) of a first cell and the first offset value, and the second difference value is a difference between a cell selection quality value (cell selection quality value, Squal) of the first cell and the first offset value; the first message indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends a message (message, Msg) 4 or MsgB in a random access (random access, RA) process, and the first network device is a network device to which the first cell belongs.
基于该方案,终端设备可以根据第一差值和第二差值分别与第一阈值的大小关系,确定是否需要对Msg4或MsgB进行增强(即是否向第一网络设备发送指示重复发送Msg4或MsgB的第一信息)。在第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备在第一小区中的接收性能较差,因此,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息,以使得第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB,以提升终端设备接收Msg4或MsgB的性能,从而提高RA过程成功的概率。Based on this solution, the terminal device can determine whether it is necessary to enhance Msg4 or MsgB (i.e., whether to send a first message indicating repeated sending of Msg4 or MsgB to the first network device) according to the size relationship between the first difference and the second difference and the first threshold, respectively. When the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or the second difference is less than the first threshold, the receiving performance of the terminal device in the first cell is poor, and therefore, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device so that the first network device can send at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device, so as to improve the performance of the terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备获取第一偏移值,包括:终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一小区的系统信息,第一小区的系统信息可以包括第一偏移值。In one possible design, the terminal device obtains the first offset value, including: the terminal device receives system information of a first cell from a first network device, and the system information of the first cell may include the first offset value.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备可以为第一类终端设备。In one possible design, the terminal device may be a first type of terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信方法还可以包括:终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB。In one possible design, the communication method may further include: the terminal device receives at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device.
基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以接收来自第一网络设备的至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB,提升了终端设备接收Msg4或MsgB的性能,从而提高了RA过程成功的概率。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can receive at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device, which improves the performance of the terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process.
在一种可能的设计中,第一阈值可以携带在第一小区的系统信息中。In one possible design, the first threshold may be carried in system information of the first cell.
在一种可能的设计中,第一偏移值用于确定终端设备位于第一网络设备的第一覆盖区域中的位置。第一覆盖区域包括第一范围和第二范围。第一覆盖区域为第一网络设备覆盖区域中第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一小区的Squal大于0的区域。其中,第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备位于第二范围;第一差值大于或等于第一阈值,且第二差值大于或等于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备位于第一范围。In one possible design, the first offset value is used to determine the position of the terminal device in the first coverage area of the first network device. The first coverage area includes a first range and a second range. The first coverage area is an area in the coverage area of the first network device where the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0. Wherein, when the first difference is less than the first threshold value, and/or the second difference is less than the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the second range; when the first difference is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, and the second difference is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the first range.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由第一网络设备执行,也可以由第一网络设备的部件,例如第一网络设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分第一网络设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。该方法包括:接收来自终端设备的第一信息,第一信息指示第一网络设备重复发送随机接入过程中的Msg4或MsgB;向终端设备发送至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a first network device, or by a component of the first network device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the first network device, or by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the first network device. The method includes: receiving first information from a terminal device, the first information instructing the first network device to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB in a random access process; and sending at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device.
基于该方案,第一网络设备能够根据第一信息的指示确定需要对Msg4或MsgB进行增强,并根据第 一信息的指示向终端设备重复发送Msg4或MsgB,以提升终端设备接收Msg4或MsgB的性能,从而提高RA过程成功的概率。Based on this solution, the first network device can determine that Msg4 or MsgB needs to be enhanced according to the indication of the first information, and The instruction of a message is to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB to the terminal device to improve the performance of the terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信方法还可以包括:第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一偏移值,第一偏移值为第一类终端设备的专用偏移值,终端设备为第一类终端设备。In one possible design, the communication method may further include: the first network device sends a first offset value to the terminal device, the first offset value is a dedicated offset value for the first type of terminal device, and the terminal device is a first type of terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一偏移值包括:第一网络设备发送第一小区的系统信息,第一小区的系统信息可以包括第一偏移值。In one possible design, the first network device sending the first offset value to the terminal device includes: the first network device sending system information of the first cell, and the system information of the first cell may include the first offset value.
在一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一偏移值,包括:向终端设备发送第一小区的系统信息,第一小区的系统信息包括第一偏移值,第一网络设备为第一小区所属的网络设备。In one possible design, the first network device sends a first offset value to a terminal device, including: sending system information of a first cell to the terminal device, the system information of the first cell including the first offset value, and the first network device is a network device to which the first cell belongs.
在一种可能的设计中,第一偏移值用于确定终端设备位于第一网络设备的第一覆盖区域中的位置。第一覆盖区域包括第一范围和第二范围。其中,第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备位于第二范围;第一差值大于或等于第一阈值,且第二差值大于或等于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备位于第一范围。In one possible design, the first offset value is used to determine the position of the terminal device in the first coverage area of the first network device. The first coverage area includes a first range and a second range. Wherein, when the first difference is less than the first threshold value, and/or the second difference is less than the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the second range; when the first difference is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, and the second difference is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the first range.
其中,第二方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,可参考上述第一方面中相应的设计所带来的技术效果,在此不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought about by any possible design of the second aspect can refer to the technical effects brought about by the corresponding design in the above-mentioned first aspect, and will not be repeated here.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件,例如终端设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分终端设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。该方法包括:获取第四阈值,第四阈值包括第一子阈值和第二子阈值;在第一小区的Srxlev小于第一子阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal小于第二子阈值的情况下,向第一网络设备发送第一信息,其中,第一信息指示第一网络设备重复发送随机接入过程中的Msg4或MsgB。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal device, or can be implemented by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the terminal device. The method includes: obtaining a fourth threshold, the fourth threshold including a first sub-threshold and a second sub-threshold; when the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, sending first information to the first network device, wherein the first information indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or MsgB in the random access process.
基于该方案,终端设备确定第一小区的Srxlev与第一子阈值的大小关系,和/或,第一小区的Squal与第二子阈值的大小关系,确定是否需要对Msg4或MsgB进行增强(即是否向第一网络设备发送指示重复发送Msg4或MsgB的第一信息)。在第一小区的Srxlev小于第一子阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal小于第二子阈值的情况下,终端设备在第一小区中的接收性能较差,因此,终端设备需要向第一网络设备发送第一信息,指示第一网络设备重复发送Msg4或MsgB,以使得第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB,以提升终端设备接收Msg4或MsgB的性能,从而提高RA过程成功的概率。Based on this scheme, the terminal device determines the size relationship between the Srxlev of the first cell and the first sub-threshold, and/or the size relationship between the Squal of the first cell and the second sub-threshold, and determines whether it is necessary to enhance Msg4 or MsgB (i.e., whether to send the first information indicating the repeated sending of Msg4 or MsgB to the first network device). When the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, the receiving performance of the terminal device in the first cell is poor. Therefore, the terminal device needs to send the first information to the first network device, instructing the first network device to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB, so that the first network device can send at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device, so as to improve the performance of the terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备获取第四阈值,包括:终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一小区的系统信息,第一小区的系统信息包括第四阈值。In one possible design, the terminal device obtains the fourth threshold, including: the terminal device receives system information of a first cell from a first network device, and the system information of the first cell includes the fourth threshold.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信方法还可以包括:终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB。In one possible design, the communication method may further include: the terminal device receives at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device.
基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以接收来自第一网络设备的至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB,提升了终端设备接收Msg4或MsgB的性能,从而提高了RA过程成功的概率。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can receive at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device, which improves the performance of the terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process.
结合第一方面、第二方面、或第三方面中的至少一项,在一种可能的设计中,第一信息可以携带在RA过程的Msg1、Msg3和MsgA中的任一项中。In combination with at least one of the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect, in one possible design, the first information may be carried in any one of Msg1, Msg3, and MsgA of the RA process.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件,例如终端设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分终端设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。该方法包括:接收来自第二网络设备的第二小区的系统信息,系统信息指示第二小区是否支持第二类终端设备接入,和/或,第二小区的系统信息还指示第二小区的载波带宽,第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于或等于第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽,终端设备为第一类终端设备;在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入,和/或,载波带宽小于或等于第二阈值的情况下,在第二小区发起随机接入,第二阈值为第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, chip, or chip system of the terminal device, or by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the terminal device. The method includes: receiving system information of a second cell from a second network device, the system information indicating whether the second cell supports access of a second type of terminal device, and/or the system information of the second cell also indicates the carrier bandwidth of the second cell, the maximum bandwidth supported by the second type of terminal device is greater than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device, and the terminal device is a first type of terminal device; initiating random access in the second cell when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal device, and/or when the carrier bandwidth is less than or equal to a second threshold, the second threshold is the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device.
基于该方案,终端设备通过第二小区的系统信息,确定第二网络设备是否为第二类网络设备(即第二小区是否支持第二类终端设备接入)、和/或,第二小区的载波带宽,并在第二网络设备为第二类网络设备(即第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入)、和/或,第二小区的载波带宽小于或等于第二阈值的情况下,在小区选择过程中可以将第二小区确定为驻留小区,进而可以向该第二小区发起RA。实现第一类终端设备(即终端设备)接入第二类网络设备(即第二网络设备)。Based on this solution, the terminal device determines whether the second network device is a second-type network device (i.e., whether the second cell supports access by second-type terminal devices) and/or the carrier bandwidth of the second cell through the system information of the second cell, and when the second network device is a second-type network device (i.e., the second cell supports access by second-type terminal devices) and/or the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, the second cell can be determined as a resident cell during the cell selection process, and RA can be initiated to the second cell. The first-type terminal device (i.e., the terminal device) is enabled to access the second-type network device (i.e., the second network device).
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备在第二小区发起随机接入,包括:终端设备向第二网络设备发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示终端设备为第二类终端设备。In one possible design, the terminal device initiates random access in the second cell, including: the terminal device sends second information to the second network device, where the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device is a second-category terminal device.
基于该可能的设计,由于第二网络设备支持第二类终端设备的接入,而终端设备为第一类终端设备,因此终端设备通过第二信息向第二网络设备指示终端设备为第二类终端设备,第二网络设备通过第二信息 将终端设备识别为第二类终端设备,进而支持终端设备接入。从而实现第一类终端设备(即终端设备)接入第二类网络设备(即第二网络设备)。Based on this possible design, since the second network device supports access of the second type of terminal device, and the terminal device is a first type of terminal device, the terminal device indicates to the second network device that the terminal device is a second type of terminal device through the second information, and the second network device indicates to the second network device through the second information that the terminal device is a second type of terminal device. The terminal device is identified as a second type of terminal device, and the terminal device access is supported, so that the first type of terminal device (i.e., the terminal device) can access the second type of network device (i.e., the second network device).
在一种可能的设计中,第二信息可以为第二类终端设备的类型标识。In one possible design, the second information may be a type identifier of the second category of terminal equipment.
在一种可能的设计中,在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入的情况下,在第二小区发起随机接入,包括:在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入,且终端设备的基带处理带宽小于或等于第二阈值的情况下,在第二小区发起随机接入。In one possible design, when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment, random access is initiated in the second cell, including: when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment and the baseband processing bandwidth of the terminal equipment is less than or equal to a second threshold, random access is initiated in the second cell.
在一种可能的设计中,第二信息携带在RA过程的Msg1、Msg3和MsgA中的任一项中。In one possible design, the second information is carried in any one of Msg1, Msg3, and MsgA of the RA process.
第五方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件,例如终端设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分终端设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。该方法包括:确定终端设备的能力信息,能力信息指示终端设备能够工作在第二类小区中,第二类小区支持第二类终端设备接入;第二类小区的载波带宽小于或等于第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽,终端设备为第一类终端设备;向第三网络设备发送能力信息。In a fifth aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, chip, or chip system of the terminal device, or by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the terminal device. The method includes: determining the capability information of the terminal device, the capability information indicating that the terminal device can work in a second-class cell, the second-class cell supports access by a second-class terminal device; the carrier bandwidth of the second-class cell is less than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first-class terminal device, and the terminal device is a first-class terminal device; sending the capability information to a third network device.
基于该方案,终端设备通过向第三网络设备发送能力信息,向第三网络设备告知终端设备能够工作在第二类网络设备中,以使得第三网络设备在确定目标小区时,能够将第二类网络设备中的小区(如第四小区)纳入确定范围,进而能够将第二类网络设备中的小区确定为目标小区,使得终端设备能够切换至第二类网络设备,从而实现第一类终端设备接入第二类网络设备。Based on this solution, the terminal device sends capability information to the third network device to inform the third network device that the terminal device can work in the second type of network device, so that when the third network device determines the target cell, it can include the cell in the second type of network device (such as the fourth cell) in the determination range, and then can determine the cell in the second type of network device as the target cell, so that the terminal device can switch to the second type of network device, thereby enabling the first type of terminal device to access the second type of network device.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备在向第三网络设备发送能力信息之后,该通信方法还包括:终端设备接收来自第三网络设备的第四小区的信息,第四小区为第二类小区,第四小区允许终端设备接入;根据第四小区的信息,执行小区切换。In one possible design, after the terminal device sends capability information to the third network device, the communication method also includes: the terminal device receives information about a fourth cell from the third network device, the fourth cell is a second type cell, and the fourth cell allows the terminal device to access; and performs cell switching according to the information of the fourth cell.
在一种可能的设计中,能力信息可以包括第一参数,第一参数大于或等于第三阈值。In one possible design, the capability information may include a first parameter, where the first parameter is greater than or equal to a third threshold.
在一种可能的设计中,第一参数可以为最大支持层数调制阶数缩放因子f(j)的乘积。In one possible design, the first parameter may be the maximum number of supported layers. Modulation order The product of the scaling factors f (j) .
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现各种方法。该通信装置可以为第一方面、第三方面、第四方面、或第五方面中的终端设备,或者终端设备中包含的装置,比如芯片或芯片系统;或者,该通信装置可以为第二方面中的第一网络设备,或者第一网络设备中包含的装置,比如芯片或芯片系统。所述通信装置包括实现方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与功能相对应的模块或单元。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing various methods. The communication device may be a terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect, or a device included in the terminal device, such as a chip or a chip system; or, the communication device may be the first network device in the second aspect, or a device included in the first network device, such as a chip or a chip system. The communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the implementation method, and the module, unit, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing the corresponding software implementation by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the functions.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和收发模块。该处理模块,可以用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的处理功能。收发模块可以包括接收模块和发送模块,分别用以实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的接收功能和发送功能。In some possible designs, the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module. The processing module may be used to implement the processing function in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof. The transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module, respectively used to implement the receiving function and the sending function in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.
在一些可能的设计中,收发模块可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In some possible designs, the transceiver module may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,以使该通信装置执行任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为第一方面、第三方面、第四方面、或第五方面中的终端设备,或者终端设备中包含的装置,比如芯片或芯片系统;或者,该通信装置可以为第二方面中的第一网络设备,或者第一网络设备中包含的装置,比如芯片或芯片系统。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device executes the method described in any aspect. The communication device can be the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect, or a device included in the terminal device, such as a chip or a chip system; or the communication device can be the first network device in the second aspect, or a device included in the first network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
第八方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器和通信接口;该通信接口,用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信;所述处理器用于执行计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执行任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为第一方面、第三方面、第四方面、或第五方面中的终端设备,或者终端设备中包含的装置,比如芯片或芯片系统;或者,该通信装置可以为第二方面中的第一网络设备,或者第一网络设备中包含的装置,比如芯片或芯片系统。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device; the processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction so that the communication device executes the method described in any aspect. The communication device can be the terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect, or a device included in the terminal device, such as a chip or a chip system; or the communication device can be the first network device in the second aspect, or a device included in the first network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:至少一个处理器;所述处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执行任一方面所述的方法。该存储器可以与处理器耦合,或者,也可以独立于该处理器。该通信装置可以为第一方面、第三方面、第四方面、或第五方面中的终端设备,或者终端设备中包含的装置,比如芯片或芯片系统;或者,该通信装置可以为第二方面中的第一网络设备,或者第一网络设备中包含的装置,比如芯片或芯片系统。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: at least one processor; the processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction stored in a memory so that the communication device performs the method described in any aspect. The memory may be coupled to the processor, or may be independent of the processor. The communication device may be a terminal device in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect, or a device included in the terminal device, such as a chip or a chip system; or the communication device may be the first network device in the second aspect, or a device included in the first network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置包括存储器,该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。In some possible designs, the communication device includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
在一些可能的设计中,该装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In some possible designs, when the device is a chip system, it can be composed of a chip or include a chip and other discrete devices.
可以理解的是,第四方面至第七方面中任一方面提供的通信装置是芯片时,通信装置的发送动作/功能可以理解为输出或发送信息,通信装置的接收动作/功能可以理解为输入或接收信息。It can be understood that when the communication device provided in any one of the fourth to seventh aspects is a chip, the sending action/function of the communication device can be understood as outputting or sending information, and the receiving action/function of the communication device can be understood as inputting or receiving information.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当 其在通信装置或计算机上运行时,使得通信装置或计算机可以执行任一方面所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, wherein a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the method is run on a communication device or a computer, the communication device or the computer can execute the method described in any one aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在通信装置或计算机上运行时,使得该通信装置或计算机可以执行任一方面所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions is provided, which, when executed on a communication device or a computer, enables the communication device or the computer to execute the method described in any one of the aspects.
其中,第六方面至第十一方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果,在此不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought about by any design method in the sixth to eleventh aspects can refer to the technical effects brought about by different design methods in the first, second, third, fourth and fifth aspects, and will not be repeated here.
图1为本申请提供的一种小区选择的流程图;FIG1 is a flowchart of a cell selection provided by the present application;
图2为本申请提供的一种随机接入的流程图;FIG2 is a flowchart of a random access provided by the present application;
图3为本申请提供的又一种随机接入的流程图;FIG3 is a flowchart of another random access provided by the present application;
图4为本申请提供的又一种随机接入的流程图;FIG4 is a flowchart of another random access provided by the present application;
图5为本申请提供的又一种随机接入的流程图;FIG5 is a flowchart of another random access provided by the present application;
图6为本申请提供的一种小区切换的流程图;FIG6 is a flowchart of a cell switching provided by the present application;
图7为本申请提供的一种网络设备的带宽示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of bandwidth of a network device provided by the present application;
图8为本申请的实施例应用的移动通信系统的架构示意图;FIG8 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a mobile communication system used in an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication system provided by the present application;
图10为本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided by the present application;
图11为本申请提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG11 is a flow chart of a communication method provided by the present application;
图12为本申请提供的又一种通信方法的流程图;FIG12 is a flow chart of another communication method provided by the present application;
图13为本申请提供的一种第一网络设备覆盖区域的划分图;FIG13 is a diagram showing a division of a coverage area of a first network device provided in the present application;
图14为本申请提供的又一种通信方法的流程图;FIG14 is a flow chart of another communication method provided by the present application;
图15为本申请提供的又一种第一网络设备覆盖区域的划分图;FIG15 is a diagram showing another division of the coverage area of the first network device provided in the present application;
图16为本申请提供的又一种通信方法的流程图;FIG16 is a flow chart of another communication method provided by the present application;
图17为本申请提供的又一种通信方法的流程图;FIG17 is a flow chart of another communication method provided by the present application;
图18为本申请提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication device provided by the present application;
图19为本申请提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG19 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication device provided in the present application.
在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。In the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" indicates that the objects associated with each other are in an "or" relationship, for example, A/B can represent A or B; "and/or" in this application is merely a description of the association relationship between associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist, for example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.
在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more than two. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single items or plural items. For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
另外,为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请的实施例中,采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。In addition, in order to clearly describe the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" are used to distinguish the same or similar items with substantially the same functions and effects. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the quantity and execution order, and words such as "first" and "second" do not necessarily limit them to be different.
在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to indicate examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or designs. Specifically, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "for example" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete way for easy understanding.
可以理解,说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各个实施例未必指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。可以理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It is understood that the "embodiment" mentioned throughout the specification means that the specific features, structures or characteristics related to the embodiment are included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, the various embodiments in the entire specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, these specific features, structures or characteristics can be combined in one or more embodiments in any suitable manner. It is understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
可以理解,在本申请中,“…时”以及“若”均指在某种客观情况下会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求实现时要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。It can be understood that in the present application, "when" and "if" both mean that corresponding processing will be carried out under certain objective circumstances, and do not limit the time, nor do they require any judgment action when implementing, nor do they mean the existence of other limitations.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的一些可选的特征,在某些场景下,可以不依赖于其他特征,比如其当前所基于的方案,而独立实施,解决相应的技术问题,达到相应的效果,也可以在某些场景下,依据需求与 其他特征进行结合。相应的,本申请实施例中给出的装置也可以相应的实现这些特征或功能,在此不予赘述。It can be understood that some optional features in the embodiments of the present application may not rely on other features in some scenarios, such as the solution on which they are currently based, and may be implemented independently to solve corresponding technical problems and achieve corresponding effects. Correspondingly, the device provided in the embodiment of the present application can also realize these features or functions accordingly, which will not be described in detail here.
可以理解,在本申请中,“用于指示”可以包括直接指示和间接指示,也可以包括显式指示和隐式指示。当描述“某一指示信息用于指示A”或“A的指示信息”时,可以包括该指示信息直接指示A或间接指示A,而并不代表该指示信息中一定携带有A。将某一信息所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。同时,还可以识别各个信息的通用部分并统一指示,以降低单独指示同样的信息而带来的指示开销。此外,具体的指示方式还可以是现有各种指示方式,例如但不限于,上述指示方式及其各种组合等。各种指示方式的具体细节可以参考现有技术,本文不再赘述。由上文所述可知,举例来说,当需要指示相同类型的多个信息时,可能会出现不同信息的指示方式不相同的情形。具体实现过程中,可以根据具体的需要选择所需的指示方式,本申请实施例对选择的指示方式不做限定,如此一来,本申请实施例涉及的指示方式应理解为涵盖可以使得待指示方获知待指示信息的各种方法。待指示信息可以作为一个整体一起发送,也可以分成多个子信息分开发送,而且这些子信息的发送周期或发送时机可以相同,也可以不同。具体发送方法本申请不进行限定。其中,这些子信息的发送周期或发送时机可以是预先定义的,例如根据协议预先定义的,也可以是发射端设备通过向接收端设备发送配置信息来配置的。It can be understood that in the present application, "used for indication" can include direct indication and indirect indication, and can also include explicit indication and implicit indication. When describing "a certain indication information is used to indicate A" or "indication information of A", it can include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that the indication information must carry A. The information indicated by a certain information is called information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated, such as but not limited to, the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated. The information to be indicated can also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while the other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, the indication of specific information can be realized by means of the arrangement order of each information agreed in advance (for example, stipulated by the protocol), thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent. At the same time, the common parts of each information can also be identified and uniformly indicated to reduce the indication overhead caused by indicating the same information separately. In addition, the specific indication method can also be various existing indication methods, such as but not limited to the above indication methods and various combinations thereof. The specific details of various indication methods can refer to the prior art, and will not be repeated herein. As described above, it can be seen that, for example, when it is necessary to indicate multiple information of the same type, different indication methods may appear. In the specific implementation process, the required indication method can be selected according to specific needs. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the selected indication method. In this way, the indication method involved in the embodiment of the present application should be understood to cover various methods that can enable the party to be indicated to know the information to be indicated. The information to be indicated can be sent together as a whole, or it can be divided into multiple sub-information and sent separately, and the sending period or sending time of these sub-information can be the same or different. The specific sending method is not limited in this application. Among them, the sending period or sending time of these sub-information can be pre-defined, for example, pre-defined according to the protocol, or it can be configured by the transmitting device by sending configuration information to the receiving device.
本申请中,除特殊说明外,各个实施例之间相同或相似的部分可以互相参考。在本申请中各个实施例如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。以下所述的本申请实施方式并不构成对本申请保护范围的限定。In this application, unless otherwise specified, the same or similar parts between the various embodiments can refer to each other. In this application, if there is no special description or logical conflict between the various embodiments, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referenced to each other, and different embodiments can be combined to form new embodiments according to their inherent logical relationships. The implementation methods of this application described below do not constitute a limitation on the scope of protection of this application.
为了方便理解本申请实施例的技术方案,首先给出本申请相关技术的简要介绍如下。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, a brief introduction to the related technologies of the present application is first given as follows.
1、小区选择:1. Community selection:
小区选择指终端设备开机或者从盲区进入覆盖区时,终端设备会寻找预设频段内的所有无线射频(radio frequency,RF)信道,在频段对应的小区中选择合适的小区进行驻留的过程。Cell selection refers to the process in which when a terminal device is turned on or enters a coverage area from a blind area, the terminal device searches for all radio frequency (RF) channels within a preset frequency band and selects a suitable cell to reside in among the cells corresponding to the frequency band.
可选的,小区选择属于无线资源管理(radio resource management,RRM)。RRM是蜂窝移动通信系统的必备机制,能够辅助新无线(new radio,NR)实现负载均衡,为用户提供更好的体验以及提高系统整体性能。Optionally, cell selection belongs to radio resource management (RRM). RRM is an essential mechanism in cellular mobile communication systems, which can assist new radio (NR) in achieving load balancing, providing users with a better experience and improving overall system performance.
无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)的状态包括RRC空闲态(RRC-IDLE)、RRC连接态(RRC-CONNECTED)和RRC去激活态(RRC-INACTIVE)。其中,在RRC-IDLE下,RRM包括小区选择过程。The states of radio resource control (RRC) include RRC-IDLE, RRC-CONNECTED and RRC-INACTIVE. In RRC-IDLE, RRM includes the cell selection process.
示例性的,如图1所示,小区选择的流程可以包括步骤S101-S105:Exemplarily, as shown in FIG1 , the process of cell selection may include steps S101-S105:
S101、终端设备扫描预设频段内所有的RF信道,确定该预设频段内的频点。S101. The terminal device scans all RF channels in a preset frequency band to determine a frequency point in the preset frequency band.
可选的,终端设备的RRC层可以向物理(physical,PHY)层发送扫频请求;其中扫频请求中携带预设频段。PHY层在该预设频段扫描所有的RF信道,得到一个或多个频点,并向RRC层上报该一个或多个频点。RRC层根据每个频点分别对应的信号强度(和/或信号质量),按照信号强度(和/或信号质量)从大到小的顺序构造一个频点列表。Optionally, the RRC layer of the terminal device can send a frequency scanning request to the physical (PHY) layer; wherein the frequency scanning request carries a preset frequency band. The PHY layer scans all RF channels in the preset frequency band, obtains one or more frequency points, and reports the one or more frequency points to the RRC layer. The RRC layer constructs a frequency point list in descending order of signal strength (and/or signal quality) according to the signal strength (and/or signal quality) corresponding to each frequency point.
示例性的,PHY层可以根据是否接收到来自RF信道的信号,将接收到信号的频点确定为一个或多个频点中的频点;或者,PHY层可以根据接收到信号的信号强度(和/或信号质量)与信号强度阈值的关系,将该预设频段内接收到的信号强度大于或等于信号强度阈值的频点,确定为上述一个或多个频点中的频点。此时可以认为该一个或多个频点周围可能存在小区。Exemplarily, the PHY layer may determine the frequency point of the received signal as a frequency point among the one or more frequency points according to whether a signal from the RF channel is received; or, the PHY layer may determine the frequency point whose received signal strength in the preset frequency band is greater than or equal to the signal strength threshold as a frequency point among the one or more frequency points according to the relationship between the signal strength (and/or signal quality) of the received signal and the signal strength threshold. In this case, it can be considered that there may be a cell around the one or more frequency points.
可选的,预设频段可以是NR频段。Optionally, the preset frequency band may be an NR frequency band.
可选的,终端设备存储有历史信息的情况下,可以不执行步骤S101。其中历史信息可以包括该频段内的一个或多个频点、历史小区的测量控制信息、或者历史小区的小区参数等。其中,历史小区为本次小区选择之前,终端设备检测到的候选小区或终端设备驻留过的小区。Optionally, if the terminal device has stored historical information, step S101 may not be performed. The historical information may include one or more frequency points in the frequency band, measurement control information of historical cells, or cell parameters of historical cells, etc. The historical cells are candidate cells detected by the terminal device or cells where the terminal device has resided before the current cell selection.
S102、终端设备对信号强度(和/或信号质量)最强的频点进行小区搜索,获取候选小区的系统信息,候选小区是该频点上的小区。S102. The terminal device searches for a cell at a frequency point with the strongest signal strength (and/or signal quality) to obtain system information of a candidate cell, where the candidate cell is a cell at the frequency point.
可选的,小区搜索的过程可以包括如下两个步骤:Optionally, the cell search process may include the following two steps:
步骤1、终端设备在信号强度(和/或信号质量)最强的频点上接收主同步信号(primary synchronization signal,PSS)和辅助同步信号(secondary synchronization signal,SSS),从而获取候选小区的标识(indentifier,ID)。Step 1: The terminal device receives the primary synchronization signal at the frequency with the strongest signal strength (and/or signal quality). signal (PSS) and secondary synchronization signal (SSS) to obtain the identifier (ID) of the candidate cell.
步骤2、终端设备利用PSS和SSS,获得与候选小区之间的帧同步和时隙同步,从而获取候选的小区的系统信息。Step 2: The terminal device uses the PSS and SSS to obtain frame synchronization and time slot synchronization with the candidate cell, thereby obtaining the system information of the candidate cell.
S103、终端设备解析系统信息。其中系统信息包括候选小区的系统参数。S103: The terminal device parses system information, wherein the system information includes system parameters of the candidate cell.
S104、终端设备测量候选小区的信号强度和信号质量。S104. The terminal device measures the signal strength and signal quality of the candidate cell.
示例性的,信号强度可以通过参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)确定、信号质量可以通过参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ)确定。Exemplarily, signal strength can be determined by reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP), and signal quality can be determined by reference signal received quality (reference signal received quality, RSRQ).
S105、在候选小区满足小区选择准则(cell selection criteria)(也可以称为S准则、驻留条件等,)的情况下,将候选小区确定为目标小区。为了方面描述,下面将小区选择准则称为S准则。S105. If the candidate cell satisfies a cell selection criterion (also referred to as an S criterion, a dwelling condition, etc.), the candidate cell is determined as a target cell. For ease of description, the cell selection criterion is referred to as an S criterion below.
S准则为小区选择接收等级值(cell selection reception level value,Srxlev)大于0,且小区选择质量值(cell selection quality value,Squal)大于0。The S criterion is that the cell selection reception level value (cell selection reception level value, Srxlev) is greater than 0, and the cell selection quality value (cell selection quality value, Squal) is greater than 0.
其中,Srxlev可以满足如下述关系(1),Squal可以满足如下述关系(2):
Srxlev=Qrxlevmeas-(Qrxlevmin+Qrxlevminoffset)-Pcompensation-Qoffsettemp (1)
Squal=Qqualmeas-(Qqualmin+Qqualminoffset)-Qoffsettemp (2)Among them, Srxlev can satisfy the following relationship (1), and Squal can satisfy the following relationship (2):
Srxlev=Q rxlevmeas -(Q rxlevmin +Q rxlevminoffset )-P compensation -Qoffset temp (1)
Squal=Q qualmeas -(Q qualmin +Q qualminoffset )-Qoffset temp (2)
其中,上述公式中涉及到的参数可以如表1所示。The parameters involved in the above formula may be shown in Table 1.
表1
Table 1
示例性的,Qrxlevmeas可以是RSRP,Qqualmeas可以是RSRQ。Exemplarily, Q rxlevmeas may be RSRP, and Q qualmeas may be RSRQ.
可选的,Qrxlevmeas和Qqualmeas也可以统称为小区测量值。Optionally, Q rxlevmeas and Q qualmeas may also be collectively referred to as cell measurement values.
可选的,关系(1)和关系(2)中除小区测量值外的参数均可以从系统信息中获取,或者说,步骤S103中的候选小区的系统参数包括上述关系(1)和关系(2)中除小区测量值外的参数。Optionally, all parameters in relation (1) and relation (2) except the cell measurement value can be obtained from system information, or in other words, the system parameters of the candidate cell in step S103 include the parameters in relation (1) and relation (2) except the cell measurement value.
2、随机接入(random access,RA):2. Random access (RA):
在小区选择流程确定目标小区之后,终端设备还需向目标小区发起RA,RA成功之后才能与目标小区建立连接。After the target cell is determined in the cell selection process, the terminal device needs to initiate RA to the target cell. Only after the RA is successful can a connection be established with the target cell.
可选的,RA的类型可以包括基于竞争的随机接入(contention-based random access,CBRA)和无竞争的随机接入(contention-free random access,CFRA)。进一步的,RA的类型还可以包括四步随机接入(4-step random access,4-step RA)和两步随机接入(4-step random access,2-step RA)。Optionally, the types of RA may include contention-based random access (CBRA) and contention-free random access (CFRA). Furthermore, the types of RA may include four-step random access (4-step RA) and two-step random access (4-step random access, 2-step RA).
作为第一种示例,在RA为CBRA和4-step RA的情况下,示例性的,如图2所示,RA的流程可以包括步骤S201-S204: As a first example, in the case where RA is CBRA and 4-step RA, illustratively, as shown in FIG2 , the RA process may include steps S201-S204:
S201、终端设备通过物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH)向目标小区所属的基站(下面简称基站)发送消息(message,Msg)1。相应的,基站接收来自终端设备的Msg1。Msg1包括第一前导码(preamble)。可选的,Msg1也可以称为随机接入请求消息,或者也可以称为随机接入前导消息。S201. The terminal device sends a message (message, Msg) 1 to the base station (hereinafter referred to as the base station) to which the target cell belongs through a physical random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH). Correspondingly, the base station receives Msg1 from the terminal device. Msg1 includes a first preamble. Optionally, Msg1 can also be called a random access request message, or a random access preamble message.
可选的,在步骤S201之前,终端设备可以从系统信息中获取PRACH的配置信息,进一步的终端设备还可以从系统信息中获得第一前导码。Optionally, before step S201, the terminal device may obtain configuration information of the PRACH from the system information, and further, the terminal device may also obtain the first preamble code from the system information.
可选的,基站可以广播多个前导码,终端设备可以选择多个前导码中的任一个前导码作为第一前导码。Optionally, the base station may broadcast multiple preamble codes, and the terminal device may select any one of the multiple preamble codes as the first preamble code.
S202、基站向终端设备发送Msg2。相应的,终端设备接收来自基站的Msg2。Msg2指示随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)。可选的,Msg2可以称为RAR消息。S202, the base station sends Msg2 to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives Msg2 from the base station. Msg2 indicates a random access response (RAR). Optionally, Msg2 can be called a RAR message.
可选的,Msg2可以包括RAR。其中RAR包括前导码的标识、临时小区-无线网络临时标识(temporary cell-radio network temporay identifier,TC-RNTI),定时提前量(timing advance,TA)、上行链路授权(uplink grant,UL grant)等。Optionally, Msg2 may include RAR, which includes the identifier of the preamble, temporary cell-radio network temporay identifier (TC-RNTI), timing advance (TA), uplink grant (UL grant), etc.
S203、终端设备利用UL grant的资源在物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)上向基站发送Msg3。相应的,基站接收来自终端设备的Msg3。Msg3包括终端设备的标识。可选的,Msg3可以称为传输调度消息,或者,也可以称为是RRC连接建立请求(RRC connection request)消息。或者,也可以是RRC重新建立连接请求(RRCReestablishmentRequest)还可以为RRC恢复连接请求(RRCResumeReuqest),或RRC建立连接请求(RRCSetupRequest)。S203. The terminal device uses the resources of UL grant to send Msg3 to the base station on the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). Correspondingly, the base station receives Msg3 from the terminal device. Msg3 includes the identifier of the terminal device. Optionally, Msg3 can be called a transmission scheduling message, or it can also be called an RRC connection establishment request (RRC connection request) message. Alternatively, it can also be an RRC reestablishment request (RRCReestablishmentRequest) or an RRC resume connection request (RRCResumeReuqest), or an RRC setup connection request (RRCSetupRequest).
可选的,Msg3可以通过TC-RNTI加扰。Optionally, Msg3 can be scrambled by TC-RNTI.
步骤S204、基站向终端设备发送Msg4。相应的,终端设备接收来自基站的Msg4。Msg4指示第一标识,第一标识为竞争成功的终端设备的标识。可选的,Msg4可以称为竞争解决消息,或者,也可以称为是RRC连接建立(RRC connection setup)消息。Step S204, the base station sends Msg4 to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives Msg4 from the base station. Msg4 indicates a first identifier, which is an identifier of the terminal device that successfully competes. Optionally, Msg4 can be called a contention resolution message, or can also be called an RRC connection setup message.
可选的,第一标识与终端设备的标识相同的情况下,Msg4可以作为RRC连接建立(connection setup)的标志,相当于Msg4指示RRC连接建立;第一标识与终端设备的标识不相同的情况下,Msg4可以作为RRC连接失败的标志,相当于Msg4指示RRC连接建立失败。Optionally, when the first identifier is the same as the identifier of the terminal device, Msg4 can be used as a mark of RRC connection establishment (connection setup), which is equivalent to Msg4 indicating RRC connection establishment; when the first identifier is different from the identifier of the terminal device, Msg4 can be used as a mark of RRC connection failure, which is equivalent to Msg4 indicating RRC connection establishment failure.
可选的,在步骤S204之后,在终端设备的标识和第一标识相同的情况下,RA的流程可以包括步骤S205:Optionally, after step S204, when the identifier of the terminal device is the same as the first identifier, the RA process may include step S205:
S205、终端设备向基站发送混合自动重传请求确认(hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement,HARQ-ACK),作为对Msg4的响应。S205. The terminal device sends a hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) to the base station as a response to Msg4.
作为第二种示例,在RA为CFRA和4-step RA的情况下,示例性的,如图3所示,在步骤S202之前,RA的流程可以包括步骤S206-S207:As a second example, in the case where RA is CFRA and 4-step RA, illustratively, as shown in FIG3 , before step S202, the RA process may include steps S206-S207:
S206、基站向终端设备发送第二前导码、第一PRACH的配置信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自基站的第二前导码、第一PRACH的配置信息。S206: The base station sends the second preamble and the configuration information of the first PRACH to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second preamble and the configuration information of the first PRACH from the base station.
S207、终端设备通过第一PRACH向基站发送Msg1。相应的,基站接收来自终端设备的Msg1。此时,Msg1包括第二前导码。也就是说,基站向终端设备指定前导码(第二前导码),终端设备使用该指定的前导码发起RA。S207, the terminal device sends Msg1 to the base station via the first PRACH. Correspondingly, the base station receives Msg1 from the terminal device. At this time, Msg1 includes the second preamble. That is, the base station specifies the preamble (second preamble) to the terminal device, and the terminal device initiates RA using the specified preamble.
需要说明的是,在该第二种示例中,无需执行步骤S201、S203-S204,即在RA为CFRA和4-step RA的情况下,RA的流程包括步骤S206-S207、S202。It should be noted that in the second example, there is no need to execute steps S201, S203-S204, that is, when RA is CFRA and 4-step RA, the RA process includes steps S206-S207, S202.
作为第三种示例,在RA为CBRA和2-step RA的情况下,示例性的,如图4所示,RA的流程可以包括步骤S401-S402:As a third example, in the case where RA is CBRA and 2-step RA, illustratively, as shown in FIG4 , the RA process may include steps S401-S402:
S401、终端设备向基站发送MsgA。相应的,基站接收来自终端设备的MsgA。其中,MsgA包括第三前导码、终端设备的标识。可选的,MsgA也可以称为随机接入请求消息,或者也可以称为随机接入前导消息。S401, the terminal device sends MsgA to the base station. Correspondingly, the base station receives MsgA from the terminal device. MsgA includes a third preamble code and an identifier of the terminal device. Optionally, MsgA may also be called a random access request message, or may also be called a random access preamble message.
示例性的,第三前导码可以在PRACH上发送。终端设备的标识可以在PUSCH上发送。Exemplarily, the third preamble code may be sent on the PRACH. The identifier of the terminal device may be sent on the PUSCH.
可选的,在步骤S401之前,RA的流程还可以包括步骤S400:Optionally, before step S401, the RA process may further include step S400:
S400、基站向终端设备发送第三前导码和PUSCH资源。相应的,终端设备接收来自基站的第三前导码和PUSCH资源。也就是说,基站向终端设备指定前导码(第三前导码)和PUSCH资源,终端设备使用该指定的前导码发起RA,并在该指定的PUSCH上发送有效载荷。S400, the base station sends a third preamble and PUSCH resources to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third preamble and PUSCH resources from the base station. That is, the base station specifies a preamble (third preamble) and PUSCH resources to the terminal device, and the terminal device initiates RA using the specified preamble and sends a payload on the specified PUSCH.
S402、基站向终端设备发送MsgB。相应的,终端设备接收来自基站的MsgB。其中,MsgB指示RAR和第一标识。可选的,MsgB可以称为竞争解决消息,或者,也可以称为是RRC连接建立消息,或者,也 可以称为随机接入响应消息。S402: The base station sends MsgB to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives MsgB from the base station. MsgB indicates the RAR and the first identifier. Optionally, MsgB can be called a contention resolution message, or can also be called an RRC connection establishment message, or can also be called an RRC connection establishment message. It can be called a random access response message.
可选的,MsgB指示RAR可以参照上述步骤S202中的相关描述,MsgB指示第一标识可以参照上述步骤S204中的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。Optionally, MsgB indicates that RAR can refer to the relevant description in the above step S202, and MsgB indicates that the first identifier can refer to the relevant description in the above step S204, which will not be repeated in this application.
作为第四种示例,在RA为CFRA和2-step RA的情况下,示例性的,如图5所示,在步骤S400之后,RA的流程可以包括步骤S403-S404:As a fourth example, in the case where RA is CFRA and 2-step RA, illustratively, as shown in FIG5 , after step S400, the RA process may include steps S403-S404:
S403、终端设备向基站发送MsgA。相应的,基站接收来自终端设备的MsgA。MsgA包括第三前导码。S403: The terminal device sends MsgA to the base station. Correspondingly, the base station receives MsgA from the terminal device. MsgA includes a third preamble.
S404、基站向终端设备发送MsgB。相应的,终端设备接收来自基站的MsgB。其中,MsgB指示RAR。S404: The base station sends MsgB to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives MsgB from the base station, wherein MsgB indicates RAR.
可选的,MsgB指示RAR可以参照上述步骤S202中的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。Optionally, MsgB indicates that RAR may refer to the relevant description in the above step S202, which will not be repeated herein.
需要说明的是,在该第四种示例中,无需执行步骤S401-S402,即在RA为CFRA和2-step RA的情况下,RA的流程包括步骤S400、S403-S404。It should be noted that in this fourth example, there is no need to execute steps S401-S402, that is, when RA is CFRA and 2-step RA, the RA process includes steps S400 and S403-S404.
3、小区切换(hand-over):3. Cell handover:
示例性的,在第五代(5th generation,5G)或NR系统中,小区切换的流程可以包括如图6所示的步骤S601-S609:Exemplarily, in a fifth generation (5G) or NR system, the cell switching process may include steps S601-S609 as shown in FIG6 :
步骤S601、终端设备的源基站(也可以称为切换前的服务基站)可以向终端设备发送测量配置。相应的,终端设备接收到来自源基站的测量配置。Step S601: The source base station of the terminal device (also referred to as the serving base station before the handover) may send a measurement configuration to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the measurement configuration from the source base station.
可选的,测量配置可以包括测量对象(如服务小区、或邻区)、测量上报的触发事件等。Optionally, the measurement configuration may include a measurement object (such as a serving cell or a neighboring cell), a triggering event for measurement reporting, and the like.
示例性的,该触发事件可以包括事件A1、事件A2、事件A3、事件A4、事件A5等。其中,事件A1为服务小区的信号质量大于第一预设阈值;事件A2为服务小区的信号质量小于第二预设阈值;事件A3为邻区的信号质量大于服务小区的信号质量;事件A4为邻区的信号质量大于第三预设阈值;事件A5为服务小区的信号质量小于第二预设阈值,且邻区的信号质量大于第三预设阈值。Exemplarily, the triggering event may include event A1, event A2, event A3, event A4, event A5, etc. Among them, event A1 is that the signal quality of the serving cell is greater than the first preset threshold; event A2 is that the signal quality of the serving cell is less than the second preset threshold; event A3 is that the signal quality of the neighboring cell is greater than the signal quality of the serving cell; event A4 is that the signal quality of the neighboring cell is greater than the third preset threshold; event A5 is that the signal quality of the serving cell is less than the second preset threshold, and the signal quality of the neighboring cell is greater than the third preset threshold.
步骤S602、终端设备根据接收到的测量配置,对测量对象进行测量。Step S602: The terminal device measures the measurement object according to the received measurement configuration.
可选的,若终端设备在一定时间段内测得的一个测量对象的测量结果满足测量上报的触发事件,会触发终端设备进行上报。Optionally, if the measurement result of a measurement object measured by the terminal device within a certain time period meets the triggering event of measurement reporting, the terminal device will be triggered to report.
可选的,在一定时间段内,一个小区的测量结果满足测量上报的触发事件时,可以将该小区的标识加入触发小区列表(cells triggered list)中。Optionally, when the measurement result of a cell meets the triggering event of measurement reporting within a certain time period, the identifier of the cell can be added to the triggered cell list (cells triggered list).
示例性的,一定时间段是由源基站配置的。该一定时间段也可以称为触发时间(time to trigger,TTT)。Exemplarily, the certain time period is configured by the source base station. The certain time period may also be referred to as a trigger time (time to trigger, TTT).
其中,测量结果是由层1(如PHY层)测量,且由层3(如RRC层)滤波后获得的结果。The measurement result is measured by layer 1 (such as the PHY layer) and obtained after filtering by layer 3 (such as the RRC layer).
步骤S603、终端设备向源基站发送测量报告。相应的,源基站接收来自终端设备的测量报告。Step S603: The terminal device sends a measurement report to the source base station. Correspondingly, the source base station receives the measurement report from the terminal device.
步骤S604、源基站接收到测量报告后基于测量报告确定目标小区。Step S604: After receiving the measurement report, the source base station determines the target cell based on the measurement report.
例如,源基站对测量报告中的测量结果进行评估,进而确定目标小区。For example, the source base station evaluates the measurement results in the measurement report and then determines the target cell.
步骤S605、源基站向目标小区所属的目标基站发送切换请求。相应的,目标基站接收来自源基站的切换请求。Step S605: The source base station sends a handover request to the target base station to which the target cell belongs. Correspondingly, the target base station receives the handover request from the source base station.
示例性的,切换请求包括目标小区的标识等切换所需的信息。Exemplarily, the handover request includes information required for handover such as an identifier of the target cell.
步骤S606、目标基站进行准入控制。Step S606: The target base station performs admission control.
可选的,准入控制可以理解为判断是否支持终端设备接入到目标基站。Optionally, admission control can be understood as determining whether the terminal device is supported to access the target base station.
在支持终端设备接入到目标基站的情况下,执行S607:In the case where the terminal device is supported to access the target base station, S607 is executed:
S607、目标基站向源基站发送切换确认信息。相应的,源基站接收来自目标基站的切换确认信息。S607: The target base station sends a handover confirmation message to the source base station. Correspondingly, the source base station receives the handover confirmation message from the target base station.
示例性的,切换确认信息包括与目标小区相关的RRC重配置(reconfiguration)信息(如目标小区的标识等)。Exemplarily, the handover confirmation information includes RRC reconfiguration information related to the target cell (such as an identifier of the target cell, etc.).
步骤S608、源基站向终端设备转发切换确认信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自源基站的切换确认信息。Step S608: The source base station forwards the handover confirmation information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the handover confirmation information from the source base station.
步骤S609、终端设备根据切换确认信息执行切换。Step S609: The terminal device performs switching according to the switching confirmation information.
示例性的,终端设备可以根据RRC重配置信息执行RRC重配置。在RRC重配置执行结束后,终端设备向目标基站发送RRC重配置成功的信息。相应的,目标基站接收来自终端设备的RRC重配置成功的信息。此时,可以认为终端设备无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)侧切换成功。Exemplarily, the terminal device may perform RRC reconfiguration according to the RRC reconfiguration information. After the RRC reconfiguration is completed, the terminal device sends information indicating that the RRC reconfiguration is successful to the target base station. Correspondingly, the target base station receives the information indicating that the RRC reconfiguration is successful from the terminal device. At this point, it can be considered that the handover of the terminal device on the radio access network (RAN) side is successful.
可选的,本申请中的切换泛指RRC连接状态下的网络设备控制与终端设备控制的切换、小区变更等。Optionally, the switching in this application generally refers to the switching of network device control and terminal device control in the RRC connection state, cell change, etc.
4、降低能力(reduced capability,RedCap):4. Reduced capability (RedCap):
RedCap是第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准化组织定义的一种5G技术。RedCap也称为轻量化5G,可以通过减少终端设备的带宽、收发天线的数量、降低调制编码策略(modulation coding scheme,MCS)阶数等方式降低终端设备的成本和功耗。 RedCap is a 5G technology defined by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) standardization organization. RedCap, also known as lightweight 5G, can reduce the cost and power consumption of terminal devices by reducing the bandwidth of terminal devices, the number of transmitting and receiving antennas, and the order of modulation coding scheme (MCS).
在3GPP版本17(release 17,R17,或者Rel-17)中,为了进一步降低终端设备的复杂度和成本,定义了R17 RedCap设备类型(也可以简称R17 RedCap设备,如R17 RedCap终端设备等)。R17 RedCap终端设备在低频频段(即频率范围1(frequency range,FR)1)支持的最大带宽为20兆赫兹(mega Hertz,MHz),在毫米波高频频段(即FR2)支持的最大带宽为100MHz。In 3GPP release 17 (R17, or Rel-17), in order to further reduce the complexity and cost of terminal equipment, the R17 RedCap device type (also referred to as R17 RedCap device, such as R17 RedCap terminal equipment, etc.) is defined. The maximum bandwidth supported by the R17 RedCap terminal equipment in the low-frequency band (i.e., frequency range 1 (FR1)) is 20 megahertz (MHz), and the maximum bandwidth supported in the millimeter wave high-frequency band (i.e., FR2) is 100MHz.
在3GPP rel-17中,系统信息块(systeminformation block,SIB)1、其他系统信息(other systeminformation,OSI)、RAR、Msg4等下行信息可以在初始下行部分带宽(bandwidth part,BWP)中发送。其中,初始下行BWP约为10MHz,初始下行BWP的大小为24个物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)。In 3GPP rel-17, downlink information such as system information block (SIB) 1, other system information (OSI), RAR, Msg4, etc. can be sent in the initial downlink bandwidth part (BWP). Among them, the initial downlink BWP is about 10MHz, and the size of the initial downlink BWP is 24 physical resource blocks (PRBs).
此外,在随机接入过程中,终端设备可以在Msg3或MsgA中的任一项携带逻辑信道标识符(logical channel identification,LCID)(s)。基站可以通过LCID(s)识别R17 RedCap终端设备。In addition, during the random access process, the terminal device can carry a logical channel identifier (LCID)(s) in either Msg3 or MsgA. The base station can identify the R17 RedCap terminal device by LCID(s).
或者,终端设备可以在特定的PRACH时机上发送Msg1或MsgA,和/或,在Msg1或MsgA中的任一项携带特定前导码,基站可以通过PRACH时机和/或特定前导码识别R17 RedCap终端设备。也就是说,特定的PRACH时机和/或特定前导码用于识别RedCap终端设备。可选的,特定的PRACH时机和/或特定前导码可以是基站预配置的。Alternatively, the terminal device may send Msg1 or MsgA at a specific PRACH opportunity, and/or, either Msg1 or MsgA carries a specific preamble, and the base station may identify the R17 RedCap terminal device through the PRACH opportunity and/or the specific preamble. That is, the specific PRACH opportunity and/or the specific preamble are used to identify the RedCap terminal device. Optionally, the specific PRACH opportunity and/or the specific preamble may be preconfigured by the base station.
在3GPP R18中,进一步定义了RedCap设备类型。R18 RedCap设备(也可以简称R18 RedCap设备,如R18 RedCap终端设备等)支持的最大基带带宽为5MHz,支持的最大射频带宽为20MHz。R18 RedCap设备也可以称为进一步能力降低(enhanced reduced capability,eRedCap)设备,如eRedCap终端设备等,本申请不做限制。In 3GPP R18, the RedCap device type is further defined. The maximum baseband bandwidth supported by R18 RedCap devices (also referred to as R18 RedCap devices, such as R18 RedCap terminal devices, etc.) is 5MHz, and the maximum RF bandwidth supported is 20MHz. R18 RedCap devices can also be called enhanced reduced capability (eRedCap) devices, such as eRedCap terminal devices, etc., and this application does not impose any restrictions.
示例性的,相较于R17 RedCap终端设备,R18 RedCap终端设备具备更低的复杂度,更低的成本。比如,R18 RedCap终端设备在频率范围1(RF1)的带宽更低,比如R18 RedCap终端设备用于上行数据传输信道与下行数据传输信道(包括单播与广播)的基带(baseband,BB)带宽为5MHz,R18 RedCap终端设备用于上行与下行传输的射频带宽为20MHz。For example, compared with R17 RedCap terminal equipment, R18 RedCap terminal equipment has lower complexity and lower cost. For example, R18 RedCap terminal equipment has lower bandwidth in frequency range 1 (RF1), such as the baseband (BB) bandwidth of R18 RedCap terminal equipment for uplink data transmission channel and downlink data transmission channel (including unicast and broadcast) is 5MHz, and the RF bandwidth of R18 RedCap terminal equipment for uplink and downlink transmission is 20MHz.
示例性的,在频率范围1(RF1)内,相较于R17 RedCap终端设备,R18 RedCap终端设备具备更低的数据速率,比如,对于第一参数的限制条件,即最大支持层数调制阶数缩放因子f(j)的约束条件为:f(j)三者乘积不小于3.2。而对于R17 RedCap终端设备而言,f(j)三者乘积不小于4。For example, in frequency range 1 (RF1), R18 RedCap terminal devices have a lower data rate than R17 RedCap terminal devices, for example, the first parameter restriction, i.e., the maximum number of supported layers Modulation order The constraints on the scaling factor f (j) are: f (j) The product of the three is not less than 3.2. For R17 RedCap terminal equipment, The product of f (j) is not less than 4.
示例性的,相较于R17 RedCap终端设备的能力,R18 RedCap终端设备或eRedCap终端设备的能力更低,比如,R18 RedCap终端设备或eRedCap终端设备的基带处理带宽小于R18 RedCap终端设备的基带处理带宽。For example, compared with the capabilities of the R17 RedCap terminal device, the capabilities of the R18 RedCap terminal device or the eRedCap terminal device are lower, for example, the baseband processing bandwidth of the R18 RedCap terminal device or the eRedCap terminal device is smaller than the baseband processing bandwidth of the R18 RedCap terminal device.
由于初始下行BWP约为10MHz,初始下行BWP的大小为24个PRB;因此,如图7所示,基站在初始下行BWP发送的下行信息需要被调度在5MHz以内,才能够被R18 RedCap终端设备接收。Since the initial downlink BWP is approximately 10 MHz, the size of the initial downlink BWP is 24 PRBs; therefore, as shown in Figure 7, the downlink information sent by the base station in the initial downlink BWP needs to be scheduled within 5 MHz to be received by the R18 RedCap terminal device.
目前,采用高阶MCS,使得初始下行BWP发送的下行信息能够被调度在5MHz以内,进而实现该下行信息能够成功被R18 RedCap终端设备接收。At present, the use of high-order MCS enables the downlink information sent by the initial downlink BWP to be scheduled within 5MHz, thereby ensuring that the downlink information can be successfully received by the R18 RedCap terminal device.
然而,该方式造成处于小区覆盖区域边缘的终端设备的传输性能减低,从而无法接收到来自基站的MsgA或Msg4,进而导致RA失败。However, this method causes the transmission performance of the terminal equipment at the edge of the cell coverage area to be reduced, so that the terminal equipment cannot receive MsgA or Msg4 from the base station, which leads to RA failure.
基于此,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,终端设备可以根据第一偏移值确定第一差值和第二差值分别与第一阈值的大小关系,在第一差值小于第一阈值,或者第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备可以向第一网络设备指示需要对MsgA或Msg4进行增强,从而提高终端设备的接收性能。Based on this, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, and the terminal device can determine the size relationship between the first difference and the second difference and the first threshold value respectively according to the first offset value. When the first difference is less than the first threshold value, or the second difference is less than the first threshold value, the terminal device can indicate to the first network device that MsgA or Msg4 needs to be enhanced, thereby improving the receiving performance of the terminal device.
本申请实施例的技术方案可用于各种通信系统,该通信系统可以为3GPP通信系统,例如,第四代(4th generation,4G)长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、NR系统等5G系统、卫星通信系统、非陆地网络(non-terrestrial networks,NTN)系统、或者LTE和5G混合组网的系统、或者设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信系统、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunications system,UMTS)、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)通信系统、无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN),以及未来演进的通信系统。该通信系统也可以为非3GPP通信系统,不予限制。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be used in various communication systems, and the communication system can be a 3GPP communication system, for example, a 4th generation (4G) long term evolution (LTE) system, a 5G system such as a NR system, a satellite communication system, a non-terrestrial network (NTN) system, or a system of LTE and 5G hybrid networking, or a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, an Internet of Things (IoT), a universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS), a code division multiple access (CDMA) communication system, a wireless local area network (WLAN), and a communication system that will evolve in the future. The communication system can also be a non-3GPP communication system without limitation.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信场景,例如可以应用于以下通信场景中的一种或多种:增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)、超可靠低时延通信(ultra reliable low latency communication,URLLC)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)、大规模机器类型通信(massive machine type communications,mMTC)、D2D、和IoT等通信场景。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, one or more of the following communication scenarios: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low latency communication (URLLC), machine type communication (MTC), massive machine type communication (mMTC), D2D, and IoT and other communication scenarios.
其中,上述适用本申请的通信系统和通信场景仅是举例说明,适用本申请的通信系统和通信场景不限 于此,本申请提供的通信系统和通信场景对本申请的方案不造成任何限定,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。The above-mentioned communication systems and communication scenarios applicable to the present application are only examples, and the communication systems and communication scenarios applicable to the present application are not limited to Here, the communication system and communication scenario provided in this application do not impose any limitation on the solution of this application, and are uniformly described here and will not be repeated below.
参见图8,为本申请提供的一种示例性的通信系统。该通信系统包括至少一个网络设备和至少一个终端设备。可选的,不同终端设备之间可以相互通信。Referring to Fig. 8, an exemplary communication system provided by the present application is shown. The communication system includes at least one network device and at least one terminal device. Optionally, different terminal devices can communicate with each other.
在图8所示的通信系统中,至少一个网络设备即为网络设备1,至少一个终端设备即为终端设备1、终端设备2、终端设备3、和终端设备4。In the communication system shown in FIG. 8 , at least one network device is network device 1 , and at least one terminal device is terminal device 1 , terminal device 2 , terminal device 3 , and terminal device 4 .
可选的,该通信系统示例性的可以为如下三种形式:Optionally, the communication system may be in the following three forms:
第一种实现形式中,如图9中的(a)所示,该通信系统包括第一网络设备和终端设备。其中,第一网络设备和终端设备为第一类设备。In a first implementation form, as shown in (a) of Fig. 9, the communication system includes a first network device and a terminal device, wherein the first network device and the terminal device are first-type devices.
可选的,第一网络设备也可以称为第一类网络设备,第一类网络设备中的小区可以称为第一类小区。终端设备也可以称为第一类终端设备。Optionally, the first network device may also be referred to as a first-category network device, and a cell in the first-category network device may be referred to as a first-category cell. The terminal device may also be referred to as a first-category terminal device.
示例性的,第一类设备可以是R18 RedCap设备。因此,第一网络设备可以称为R18 RedCap网络设备,第一类终端设备可以称为R18 RedCap终端设备。Exemplarily, the first type of device may be an R18 RedCap device. Therefore, the first network device may be referred to as an R18 RedCap network device, and the first type of terminal device may be referred to as an R18 RedCap terminal device.
第二种实现形式,如图9中的(b)所示,该通信系统包括第二网络设备和终端设备。其中,第二网络设备为第二类设备,终端设备为第一类设备。In a second implementation form, as shown in (b) of Fig. 9, the communication system includes a second network device and a terminal device, wherein the second network device is a second type of device and the terminal device is a first type of device.
可选的,第二类设备可以包括第二类网络设备和第二类终端设备。此时,第二网络设备也可以称为第二类网络设备。其中,第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于或等于第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。Optionally, the second type of device may include a second type of network device and a second type of terminal device. In this case, the second type of network device may also be referred to as a second type of network device. The maximum bandwidth supported by the second type of terminal device is greater than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device.
可选的,第二类网络设备中的小区可以称为第二类小区。第二类小区的载波带宽小于或等于第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。可选的,第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽可以包括第一类终端设备支持的最大基带带宽,或者也可以包括第一类终端设备支持的最大射频带宽。其中,在第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽包括第一类终端设备支持的最大基带带宽的情况下,第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽;在第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽包括第一类终端设备支持的最大射频带宽的情况下,第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽等于第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。Optionally, the cell in the second category of network equipment can be called a second category cell. The carrier bandwidth of the second category cell is less than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device. Optionally, the maximum bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device may include the maximum baseband bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device, or may also include the maximum radio frequency bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device. Wherein, in the case where the maximum bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device includes the maximum baseband bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device, the maximum bandwidth supported by the second category terminal device is greater than the maximum bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device; in the case where the maximum bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device includes the maximum radio frequency bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device, the maximum bandwidth supported by the second category terminal device is equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first category terminal device.
示例性的,终端设备支持的最大基带带宽可以为FR1中的最大基带带宽,或FR2中的最大基带带宽,终端设备支持的最大射频带宽可以为FR1中的最大射频带宽,或FR2中的最大射频带宽。Exemplarily, the maximum baseband bandwidth supported by the terminal device may be the maximum baseband bandwidth in FR1, or the maximum baseband bandwidth in FR2, and the maximum radio frequency bandwidth supported by the terminal device may be the maximum radio frequency bandwidth in FR1, or the maximum radio frequency bandwidth in FR2.
可选的,第二类设备属于第三类设备,也就是说,第二类设备为第三类设备中的部分设备。以第二类网络设备和第三类网络设备为例,第二类网络设备为第三类网络设备中小区的载波带宽小于或等于第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽的网络设备。Optionally, the second type of device belongs to the third type of device, that is, the second type of device is a part of the third type of device. Taking the second type of network device and the third type of network device as an example, the second type of network device is a network device in which the carrier bandwidth of the cell in the third type of network device is less than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device.
示例性的,第三类设备是R17 RedCap设备,第一类设备为R18 RedCap设备的情况下,由于R18 RedCap终端设备支持的最大带宽为5MHz,因此,第二类网络设备为R17 RedCap网络设备中小区的载波带宽小于或等于5MHz的网络设备。Exemplarily, when the third category of equipment is an R17 RedCap equipment and the first category of equipment is an R18 RedCap equipment, since the maximum bandwidth supported by the R18 RedCap terminal equipment is 5 MHz, the second category of network equipment is a network device in which the carrier bandwidth of the cell in the R17 RedCap network device is less than or equal to 5 MHz.
第三种实现形式,如图9中的(c)所示,该通信系统包括第三网络设备、第四网络设备和终端设备。其中,第三网络设备和终端设备为第一类设备,且第三网络设备为终端设备的服务网络设备,第四网络设备为第二类设备,且第四网络设备为终端设备的目标网络设备。In a third implementation form, as shown in (c) of FIG9 , the communication system includes a third network device, a fourth network device, and a terminal device. The third network device and the terminal device are first-class devices, and the third network device is a service network device of the terminal device, and the fourth network device is a second-class device, and the fourth network device is a target network device of the terminal device.
可选的,第一类设备和第二类设备可以参照上述图9中的(a)和图9中的(b)的相关说明,本申请在此不做赘述。Optionally, the first category of devices and the second category of devices may refer to the relevant descriptions in (a) of FIG. 9 and (b) of FIG. 9 above, and this application will not elaborate on them here.
可选的,网络设备是一种将终端设备接入到无线网络的的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备),可以是LTE或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),如传统的宏基站eNB和异构网络场景下的微基站eNB;或者可以是无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)或者可以是节点B(node B,NB);或者可以是基站控制器(base station controller,BSC);或者可以是基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS);或者可以是家庭基站(例如,home evolved nodeB,或home node B,HNB);或者可以是基带单元(base band unit,BBU)或者可以是5G系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNodeB或gNB);或者可以是6G系统中的下一代基站;或者可以是传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP);或者可以是未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的基站;或者可以是宽带网络业务网关(broadband network gateway,BNG)、汇聚交换机或非3GPP接入设备;或者可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)中的无线控制器;或者可以是WiFi系统中的接入节点(access point,AP);或者可以是无线中继节点或无线回传节点;或者可以是IoT中实现基站功能的设备、V2X中实现基站功能的设备、D2D中实现基站功能的设备、或者M2M中实现基站功能的设备,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the network device is a radio access network (RAN) node (or device) that connects the terminal device to the wireless network, and can be an evolutionary base station (evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE or evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), such as a traditional macro base station eNB and a micro base station eNB in a heterogeneous network scenario; or it can be a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC) or it can be a node B (node B, NB); or it can be a base station controller (base station controller, BSC); or it can be a base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS); or it can be a home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB); or it can be a base band unit (base band unit, BBU) or it can be a next-generation node in a 5G system. Point B (next generation node B, gNodeB or gNB); or it can be a next generation base station in a 6G system; or it can be a transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP); or it can be a base station in a future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN); or it can be a broadband network service gateway (broadband network gateway, BNG), an aggregation switch or a non-3GPP access device; or it can be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN); or it can be an access node (access point, AP) in a WiFi system; or it can be a wireless relay node or a wireless backhaul node; or it can be a device that implements a base station function in IoT, a device that implements a base station function in V2X, a device that implements a base station function in D2D, or a device that implements a base station function in M2M, and the embodiments of the present application do not make specific limitations on this.
示例性的,本申请实施例中的基站可以包括各种形式的基站,例如:宏基站,微基站(也称为小站), 室内站,中继站,接入点,施主节点等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, the base station in the embodiment of the present application may include various forms of base stations, such as: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), Indoor station, relay station, access point, donor node, etc., the embodiments of the present application do not make specific limitations on this.
可选的,在具体实现时,网络设备可以指完成基站部分功能的模块或单元。例如集中单元(central unit,CU),或者,网络设备可以是CU和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)组成的。CU和DU可以根据无线网络的协议层划分。例如,RRC协议层、业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层以及分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能设置在CU中,而无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层,MAC层,PHY层的功能设置在DU中。Optionally, in a specific implementation, a network device may refer to a module or unit that performs some functions of a base station. For example, a central unit (CU), or a network device may be composed of a CU and a distributed unit (DU). CU and DU may be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, the functions of the RRC protocol layer, the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer, and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer are set in the CU, while the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer are set in the DU.
可以理解,对CU和DU处理功能按照这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例,也可以按照其他的方式进行划分,本申请对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that the division of CU and DU processing functions according to this protocol layer is only an example, and they can also be divided in other ways, and this application does not make any specific limitations on this.
在一些实施例中,CU可以由CU控制面(CU control plane,CU-CP)和CU用户面(CU user plane,CU-UP)组成。In some embodiments, the CU may be composed of a CU control plane (CU control plane, CU-CP) and a CU user plane (CU user plane, CU-UP).
可选的,终端设备可以是指一种具有无线收发功能的用户侧设备,可以向网络设备发送信号,或者接收来自网络设备的信号。终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站(mobile station,MS)、远方站、远程终端、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、用户终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。终端可以广泛应用于各种场景,例如可以是IoT、D2D、M2M、MTC、5G网络、或者未来演进的PLMN中的无线终端。终端设备可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。Optionally, the terminal device may refer to a user-side device with wireless transceiver functions, which can send signals to network devices or receive signals from network devices. The terminal device may also be called user equipment (UE), terminal, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station (MS), remote station, remote terminal, mobile terminal (MT), user terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc. The terminal can be widely used in various scenarios, for example, it can be a wireless terminal in IoT, D2D, M2M, MTC, 5G network, or future evolved PLMN. The terminal device can be deployed in the air (such as on airplanes, balloons and satellites, etc.).
示例性的,终端设备可以是无人机、直升机、机械臂、IoT设备(例如,传感器,电表,水表等)、V2X设备、WLAN中的站点(station,ST)、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)设备、移动互联网设备(mobile Internet device,MID)具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、可穿戴设备(也可以称为穿戴式智能设备)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、智能家居(smarthome control system,SCS)中的无线设备、智能办公(office automation,OA)中的无线设备、具有无人机对无人机(UAV to UAV,U2U)通信能力的无人机等等。Exemplarily, the terminal device can be a drone, a helicopter, a robotic arm, an IoT device (e.g., a sensor, an electric meter, a water meter, etc.), a V2X device, a station (ST) in a WLAN, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA) device, a mobile Internet device (MID) handheld device with wireless communication function, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, a wearable device (also called a wearable smart device), a tablet computer or a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) device, or a wearable device. Wireless terminals in the fields of virtual reality (VR), industrial control (industrial control), self driving (self driving), remote medical (remote medical), smart grid (smart grid), transportation safety (transportation safety), smart city (smart city), smart home (smart home), smart home control system (SCS), office automation (OA), drones with UAV to UAV (U2U) communication capabilities, etc.
在本申请的实施例中,网络设备的功能也可以由网络设备中的模块(如芯片)来执行,或者也可以由包含有网络设备功能的控制子系统来执行。其中,包含有网络设备功能的控制子系统可以是智能电网、工业控制、智能交通、智慧城市等上述应用场景中的控制中心。终端设备的功能也可以由终端设备中的模块(如芯片或调制解调器)来执行,或者也可以由包含有终端设备功能的装置来执行。In the embodiments of the present application, the functions of the network device may also be performed by a module (such as a chip) in the network device, or may also be performed by a control subsystem including the network device function. Among them, the control subsystem including the network device function may be a control center in the above-mentioned application scenarios such as smart grid, industrial control, smart transportation, smart city, etc. The functions of the terminal device may also be performed by a module (such as a chip or a modem) in the terminal device, or may also be performed by a device including the terminal device function.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例描述的通信系统是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。It should be noted that the communication system described in the embodiment of the present application is for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application. A person of ordinary skill in the art can know that with the evolution of network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to similar technical problems.
可选的,本申请涉及的终端设备或网络设备的相关功能可以通过图10中的通信装置100来实现。参见图10,该通信装置100包括一个或多个处理器1001。进一步的,该通信装置100还可以包括通信总线1002,以及至少一个通信接口(图10中仅是示例性的,以通信装置100包括通信接口1004,以及一个处理器1001为例进行说明)。可选的,通信装置100还可以包括存储器1003。Optionally, the relevant functions of the terminal device or network device involved in the present application can be implemented by the communication device 100 in Figure 10. Referring to Figure 10, the communication device 100 includes one or more processors 1001. Further, the communication device 100 may also include a communication bus 1002 and at least one communication interface (Figure 10 is only exemplary, and the communication device 100 includes a communication interface 1004 and a processor 1001 as an example for explanation). Optionally, the communication device 100 may also include a memory 1003.
处理器1001可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路、或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。处理器可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。Processor 1001 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application, or a processing core for processing data (such as computer program instructions). The processor may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器1001可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图10中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 1001 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 10 .
通信总线1002可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。该总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图10中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。该通信总线1002用于连接通信装置100中的不同组件,使得通信装置100中的不同组件之间可以进行通信交互。The communication bus 1002 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus. The bus may be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc. For ease of representation, FIG. 10 is represented by only one thick line, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus. The communication bus 1002 is used to connect different components in the communication device 100 so that different components in the communication device 100 can communicate and interact with each other.
通信接口1004,可以是收发模块,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,该通信网络例如可以为以太网(Ethernet),RAN,WLAN等。例如,所述通信接口1004可以是收发器、收发机一类的装置。或者,所 述通信接口1004也可以是位于处理器1001内的收发电路,用以实现处理器的信号输入和信号输出。The communication interface 1004 may be a transceiver module for communicating with other devices or a communication network, such as Ethernet, RAN, WLAN, etc. For example, the communication interface 1004 may be a device such as a transceiver or a transceiver. The communication interface 1004 may also be a transceiver circuit located in the processor 1001, for implementing signal input and signal output of the processor.
存储器1003可以是具有存储功能的装置。例如可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信总线1002与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 1003 may be a device with a storage function. For example, it may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor via the communication bus 1002. The memory may also be integrated with the processor.
其中,存储器1003用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器1001来控制执行。处理器1001用于执行存储器1003中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请实施例中提供的方法。The memory 1003 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 1001. The processor 1001 is used to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 1003, thereby implementing the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
或者,可选的,本申请实施例中,也可以是处理器1001执行本申请下述实施例提供的方法中的处理相关的功能,通信接口1004负责与其他设备或通信网络通信,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Alternatively, optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, the processor 1001 may also perform processing-related functions in the method provided in the following embodiments of the present application, and the communication interface 1004 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置100还可以包括输出设备1005和输入设备1006。输出设备1005和处理器1001通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备1005可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二极管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备1006和处理器1001通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备1006可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 100 may further include an output device 1005 and an input device 1006. The output device 1005 communicates with the processor 1001 and may display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 1005 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. The input device 1006 communicates with the processor 1001 and may receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 1006 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.
需要说明的是,图10中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,除图10所示部件之外,该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It should be noted that the composition structure shown in FIG. 10 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device. In addition to the components shown in FIG. 10 , the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行展开说明。可以理解的,本申请实施例中,网络设备可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部操作。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. It is understandable that in the embodiment of the present application, the network device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiment of the present application, and these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application can also perform other operations or various operations. In addition, each step can be performed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it is possible not to perform all the operations in the embodiment of the present application.
参见图11,为第一偏移值的取值可以大于或等于0的情况下,为本申请提供的一种通信方法,该通信方法包括如下步骤:Referring to FIG. 11 , a communication method provided by the present application is shown in the case where the value of the first offset value can be greater than or equal to 0. The communication method includes the following steps:
S1101、终端设备获取第一偏移值,其中,第一偏移值为第一类终端设备的专用偏移值。S1101. The terminal device obtains a first offset value, where the first offset value is a dedicated offset value for a first type of terminal device.
可选的,第一偏移值可以是预定义的,例如,由协议预定义第一偏移值。或者第一偏移值可以是第一网络设备预配置的。Optionally, the first offset value may be predefined, for example, the first offset value is predefined by a protocol, or the first offset value may be preconfigured by the first network device.
可选的,在第一网络设备预配置第一偏移值的情况下,如图12所示,在步骤S1101之前,该通信方法还可以包括步骤S1100:Optionally, in the case where the first network device preconfigures the first offset value, as shown in FIG12 , before step S1101, the communication method may further include step S1100:
S1100、第一网络设备发送第一小区的系统信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一小区的系统信息。其中,第一小区的系统信息包括第一偏移值。也就是说,第一偏移值可以携带在第一小区的系统信息中,例如,第一偏移值可以携带在SIB1中。S1100. The first network device sends system information of the first cell. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the system information of the first cell from the first network device. The system information of the first cell includes a first offset value. That is, the first offset value may be carried in the system information of the first cell, for example, the first offset value may be carried in SIB1.
可选的,第一小区的系统信息可以携带在第一小区的广播消息中。示例性的,第一网络设备以广播的形式发送第一小区的广播消息,使得终端设备能够接收到该第一小区的广播消息,从而获取第一偏移量。Optionally, the system information of the first cell may be carried in a broadcast message of the first cell. Exemplarily, the first network device sends the broadcast message of the first cell in a broadcast form, so that the terminal device can receive the broadcast message of the first cell, thereby obtaining the first offset.
可选的,在步骤S1101之后,终端设备可以确定第一差值与第一阈值的大小关系。其中,第一差值为第一小区的Srxlev与第一偏移值的差值,或者,第一差值为第一小区的Srxlev与第一偏移值的差。也就是说,第一差值可以是正数,或者也可以是负数,或者也可以是0。Optionally, after step S1101, the terminal device may determine the magnitude relationship between the first difference and the first threshold. The first difference is the difference between the Srxlev of the first cell and the first offset value, or the first difference is the difference between the Srxlev of the first cell and the first offset value. That is, the first difference may be a positive number, or a negative number, or 0.
第一小区为第一网络设备中的小区,也就是说,第一网络设备为第一小区所属的网络设备。The first cell is a cell in the first network device, that is, the first network device is a network device to which the first cell belongs.
可选的,第一小区的Srxlev可以根据上述步骤S105中关系(1)确定。Optionally, the Srxlev of the first cell may be determined according to the relationship (1) in the above step S105.
可选的,第一阈值可以是预定义的,例如,由协议预定义第一阈值。或者第一阈值可以是第一网络设备预配置的。或者第一阈值也可以是默认值。例如,第一阈值可以默认为0。Optionally, the first threshold may be predefined, for example, the first threshold may be predefined by a protocol. Alternatively, the first threshold may be preconfigured by the first network device. Alternatively, the first threshold may be a default value. For example, the first threshold may be 0 by default.
示例性的,第一阈值是是第一网络设备预配置的情况下,第一阈值可以携带在第一小区的系统信息中。Exemplarily, when the first threshold is preconfigured by the first network device, the first threshold may be carried in the system information of the first cell.
示例性的,第一差值可以满足如下关系(3):
第一差值=Qrxlevmeas-(Qrxlevmin+Qrxlevminoffset)-Pcompensation-Qoffsettemp-QoffseteRedCap
(3)
Exemplarily, the first difference may satisfy the following relationship (3):
First difference = Qrxlevmeas - ( Qrxlevmin + Qrxlevminoffset ) - Pcompensation - Qoffset temp - Qoffset eRedCap
(3)
其中,QoffseteRedCap表示为第一偏移值。关系(3)中除QoffseteRedCap外的参数可参照上述关系(1)的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。Wherein, Qoffset eRedCap represents the first offset value. The parameters except Qoffset eRedCap in relation (3) can refer to the relevant description of relation (1) above, and the present application will not repeat them here.
可选的,在步骤S1101之后,终端设备可以确定第二差值与第一阈值的大小关系。其中,第二差值为第一小区的Squal与第一偏移值的差值。或者,第二差值为第一小区的Squal与第一偏移值的差。也就是说,第二差值可以是正数,或者也可以是负数,或者也可以是0。Optionally, after step S1101, the terminal device may determine the magnitude relationship between the second difference and the first threshold. The second difference is the difference between the Squal of the first cell and the first offset value. Alternatively, the second difference is the difference between the Squal of the first cell and the first offset value. In other words, the second difference may be a positive number, or a negative number, or 0.
可选的,第一小区的Squal可以根据上述步骤S105中关系(2)确定。Optionally, the Squal of the first cell may be determined according to the relationship (2) in the above step S105.
示例性的,第一差值可以满足如下关系(4):
第二差值=Qqualmeas-(Qqualmin+Qqualminoffset)-Qoffsettemp-QoffseteRedCap (4)Exemplarily, the first difference may satisfy the following relationship (4):
The second difference=Q qualmeas -(Q qualmin +Q qualminoffset )-Qoffset temp -Qoffset eRedCap (4)
其中,QoffseteRedCap表示为第一偏移值。关系(4)中除QoffseteRedCap外的参数可参照上述关系(2)中的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。Wherein, Qoffset eRedCap represents the first offset value. The parameters except Qoffset eRedCap in relation (4) can refer to the relevant description in the above relation (2), and the present application will not repeat them here.
S1102、在第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。其中,第一信息指示第一网络设备重复发送随机接入过程中的Msg4或MsgB。S1102: When the first difference is less than the first threshold value, and/or the second difference is less than the first threshold value, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device. Accordingly, the first network device receives the first information from the terminal device. The first information indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or MsgB in the random access process.
可选的,第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息,包括:第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。Optionally, when the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, including: when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or when the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
示例性的,第一差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息,包括:第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。Exemplarily, when the first difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, including: when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息,包括:第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。When the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, including: when the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
第一差值小于第一阈值,且第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息,包括:第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一差值小于第一阈值,且第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。When the first difference is less than the first threshold and the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, including: when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
可选的,第一偏移值用于确定终端设备位于第一网络设备的第一覆盖区域中的位置。第一网络设备覆盖区域包括第一范围和第二范围。第一覆盖区域为第一网络设备覆盖区域中第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一小区的Squal大于0的区域。其中,第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备位于第二范围;第一差值大于或等于第一阈值,且第二差值大于或等于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备位于第一范围。也就是说,第一偏移值可以用于区分第一覆盖区域中的第一范围和第二范围。Optionally, the first offset value is used to determine the position of the terminal device in the first coverage area of the first network device. The coverage area of the first network device includes a first range and a second range. The first coverage area is an area in the coverage area of the first network device where the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0. Wherein, when the first difference is less than the first threshold value, and/or the second difference is less than the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the second range; when the first difference is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, and the second difference is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the first range. That is, the first offset value can be used to distinguish between the first range and the second range in the first coverage area.
可选的,第一偏移值用于确定终端设备位于第一网络设备覆盖区域中位置,包括:第一偏移量用于确定第一差值,第一差值用于确定终端设备位于第一网络设备覆盖区域中的位置。即就是,先根据第一偏移量计算第一差值,再根据第一差值确定终端设备位于第一网络设备覆盖区域中位置。Optionally, the first offset value is used to determine the position of the terminal device in the coverage area of the first network device, including: the first offset is used to determine the first difference, and the first difference is used to determine the position of the terminal device in the coverage area of the first network device. That is, the first difference is first calculated according to the first offset, and then the position of the terminal device in the coverage area of the first network device is determined according to the first difference.
示例性的,在第一阈值为默认值0的情况下,第一覆盖区域可以如图13所示,第一差值大于或等于0,且第二差值大于或等于0的情况下,可以认为终端设备处于第一覆盖区域的第一范围,图13的虚线圈包围的区域即为第一范围;第一差值小于0,或第二差值小于0的情况下,可以认为终端设备处于第一覆盖区域的第二范围,即终端设备处于第一覆盖区域的边缘,图13的实现圈中除虚线圈包围区域外的区域即为第二范围。Exemplarily, when the first threshold is the default value of 0, the first coverage area can be as shown in Figure 13. When the first difference is greater than or equal to 0, and the second difference is greater than or equal to 0, the terminal device can be considered to be in the first range of the first coverage area, and the area surrounded by the dotted circle in Figure 13 is the first range; when the first difference is less than 0, or the second difference is less than 0, the terminal device can be considered to be in the second range of the first coverage area, that is, the terminal device is at the edge of the first coverage area, and the area in the implementation circle of Figure 13 except the area surrounded by the dotted circle is the second range.
因此,步骤S1102也可以理解为在终端设备处于第一网络设备覆盖区域的第二范围,即终端设备处于第一网络设备覆盖区域的边缘的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。Therefore, step S1102 can also be understood as the terminal device sending the first information to the first network device when the terminal device is in the second range of the coverage area of the first network device, that is, the terminal device is at the edge of the coverage area of the first network device.
可选的,第一信息可以携带在RA过程的Msg1、Msg3和MsgA中的任一项中。Optionally, the first information may be carried in any one of Msg1, Msg3 and MsgA in the RA process.
示例性的,在RA为CBRA和4-step RA的情况下,第一信息可以携带在Msg1或Msg3中;在RA为非竞争随机接入(CFRA)和4-step RA的情况下,第一信息可以携带在Msg1或Msg3中;在RA为2-step RA的情况下,第一信息可以携带在MsgA中。Exemplarily, when RA is CBRA and 4-step RA, the first information can be carried in Msg1 or Msg3; when RA is non-contention random access (CFRA) and 4-step RA, the first information can be carried in Msg1 or Msg3; when RA is 2-step RA, the first information can be carried in MsgA.
可选的,步骤S1102也可以为在第一差值小于阈值A,和/或,第二差值小于阈值B的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。Optionally, step S1102 may also be that when the first difference is less than threshold A and/or the second difference is less than threshold B, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
可选的,在第一差值小于阈值A,和/或,第二差值小于阈值B的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息,包括:第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一差值小于阈值A,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二差值小于阈值B的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。Optionally, when the first difference is less than threshold A, and/or the second difference is less than threshold B, the terminal device sends first information to the first network device, including: when Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than threshold A, and/or when Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than threshold B, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
示例性的,第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一差值小于阈值A,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二差值小于阈值B的情况与上述第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二差值小于第一阈值的情况类似,具体可参考上述第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一 差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二差值小于第一阈值的情况,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the situation where the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the threshold A, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the threshold B is similar to the situation where the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold. For details, please refer to the situation where the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold. The case where the difference is smaller than the first threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is smaller than the first threshold is not described in detail here.
可选的,阈值A和阈值B可以相同或不同。示例性的,在阈值A和阈值B相同的情况下,阈值A和阈值可以为第一阈值。Optionally, threshold A and threshold B may be the same or different. Exemplarily, when threshold A and threshold B are the same, threshold A and threshold B may be the first threshold.
可选的,终端设备还可以向第一网络设备指示重复发送Msg4或MsgB中的部分信息,该部分信息为RA过程的必要信息。或者,终端设备可以向第一网络设备指示不重复发送Msg4或MsgB中除该部分信息外的另一部分信息。示例性的,该部分信息也可以称为紧急信息,另一部分信息可以称为非紧急信息。非紧急信息可以为非紧急配置信息,比如非紧急专用部分带宽(BWP)配置。非紧急专用BWP配置可以为新增的BWP配置。Optionally, the terminal device may also instruct the first network device to repeatedly send part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB, where the part of the information is necessary information for the RA process. Alternatively, the terminal device may instruct the first network device not to repeatedly send another part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB except the part of the information. Exemplarily, the part of the information may also be referred to as emergency information, and the other part of the information may be referred to as non-emergency information. The non-emergency information may be non-emergency configuration information, such as a non-emergency dedicated partial bandwidth (BWP) configuration. The non-emergency dedicated BWP configuration may be a newly added BWP configuration.
示例性的,终端设备向第一网络设备指示重复发送Msg4或MsgB中的部分信息,或者指示不重复发送Msg4或MsgB中的另一部分信息,可以通过如下两种方式实现:Exemplarily, the terminal device instructs the first network device to repeatedly send part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB, or instructs the first network device not to repeatedly send another part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB, which can be implemented in the following two ways:
一种可能的实现方式中,第一信息还可以用于指示第一网络设备重复发送Msg4或MsgB中的部分信息,或者,第一信息还可以用于指示第一网络设备不重复发送Msg4或MsgB中的另一部分信息。In a possible implementation, the first information may also be used to instruct the first network device to repeatedly send part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB, or the first information may also be used to instruct the first network device not to repeatedly send another part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB.
另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备还可以向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息,相应的,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息。第二指示信息用于指示第一网络设备重复发送Msg4或MsgB中的部分信息,或者,第二指示信息还可以用于指示第一网络设备不重复发送Msg4或MsgB中的另一部分信息。In another possible implementation, the terminal device may further send second indication information to the first network device, and correspondingly, the first network device receives the second indication information from the terminal device. The second indication information is used to instruct the first network device to repeatedly send part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB, or the second indication information may also be used to instruct the first network device not to repeatedly send another part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB.
可选的,第二指示信息可以携带在RA过程的Msg1、Msg3和MsgA中的任一项中。可选的,在步骤S1102之后,如图12所示,该通信方法还可以包括步骤S1103:Optionally, the second indication information may be carried in any one of Msg1, Msg3 and MsgA of the RA process. Optionally, after step S1102, as shown in FIG12, the communication method may further include step S1103:
S1103、第一网络设备根据第一信息,向终端设备发送至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB。相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB。S1103: The first network device sends at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device according to the first information. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device.
可选的,第一网络设备向终端设备发送至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB,可以理解为第一网络设备对Msg4或MsgB进行增强,以便于终端设备能够成功接收到Msg4或MsgB。即,第一网络设备向终端设备重复发送Msg4或MsgB。Optionally, the first network device sends at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device, which can be understood as the first network device enhancing Msg4 or MsgB so that the terminal device can successfully receive Msg4 or MsgB. That is, the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or MsgB to the terminal device.
可选的,在终端设备还向第一网络设备指示重复发送Msg4或MsgB中的部分信息,或者,指示不重复发送Msg4或MsgB中的另一部分信息的情况下,Optionally, when the terminal device further instructs the first network device to repeatedly send part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB, or instructs not to repeatedly send another part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB,
第一网络设备根据第一信息,向终端设备发送至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB,包括:第一网络设备根据第一信息,向终端设备发送至少一个Msg4中的部分信息或至少一个MsgB部分信息。The first network device sends at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device according to the first information, including: the first network device sends partial information in at least one Msg4 or partial information in at least one MsgB to the terminal device according to the first information.
或者,第一网络设备根据第一信息,向终端设备发送至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB,包括:第一网络设备根据第一信息和第二指示信息,向终端设备发送至少一个Msg4中的部分信息或至少一个MsgB部分信息。Alternatively, the first network device sends at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device according to the first information, including: the first network device sends partial information in at least one Msg4 or partial information in at least one MsgB to the terminal device according to the first information and the second indication information.
可选的,Msg4或MsgB中的另一部分信息可以承载于RRC重配置(reconfiguration)消息。Optionally, another part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB can be carried in an RRC reconfiguration message.
基于该可选的方案,终端设备能够向第一网络设备发送第一信息,或者,第一信息和第二指示信息,使得第一网络设备能够根据第一信息,或者第一信息和第二指示信息,向终端设备发送Msg4或MsgB中部分信息,从而使得第一网络设备重复发送的Msg4或MsgB占用的资源降低。Based on this optional scheme, the terminal device can send the first information, or the first information and the second indication information, to the first network device, so that the first network device can send part of the information in Msg4 or MsgB to the terminal device according to the first information, or the first information and the second indication information, thereby reducing the resources occupied by Msg4 or MsgB repeatedly sent by the first network device.
可选的,第一网络设备向终端设备重复发送Msg4或MsgB,包括,第一网络设备在第一数量阈值内,或者在第一时间范围内,向终端设备重复发送Msg4或MsgB。Optionally, the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or MsgB to the terminal device, including the first network device repeatedly sending Msg4 or MsgB to the terminal device within a first quantity threshold or within a first time range.
示例性的,第一数量阈值和第一时间范围可以是第一网络设备预定义的。例如,第一网络设备可以预先定义重复发送Msg4或MsgB的次数(即第一数量阈值);或者,第一网络设备可以预先定义重复发送Msg4或MsgB的时间范围(即第一时间范围),示例性的,该时间范围可以是5秒(second,s),即第一网络设备可以在5s内重复发送Msg4或MsgB。可选的,第一网络设备在该5s内接收到来自终端设备的响应消息的情况下,第一网络设备停止发送Msg4或MsgB。其中,该响应消息是终端设备对接收到Msg4或MsgB的响应。例如该响应消息可以是Msg5,或者可以是RRC连接建立完成消息或者是上行确定消息,比如上行确定消息可以是HARQ-ACK或者是自动重传请求确认消息(automatic repeat request acknowledge,ARQ-ACK)。Exemplarily, the first quantity threshold and the first time range may be predefined by the first network device. For example, the first network device may predefine the number of times to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB (i.e., the first quantity threshold); or, the first network device may predefine the time range for repeatedly sending Msg4 or MsgB (i.e., the first time range), and exemplarily, the time range may be 5 seconds (second, s), that is, the first network device may repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB within 5s. Optionally, when the first network device receives a response message from the terminal device within the 5s, the first network device stops sending Msg4 or MsgB. The response message is a response of the terminal device to receiving Msg4 or MsgB. For example, the response message may be Msg5, or may be an RRC connection establishment completion message or an uplink confirmation message, such as an uplink confirmation message may be a HARQ-ACK or an automatic repeat request acknowledgment message (automatic repeat request acknowledgment, ARQ-ACK).
本申请提供的通信方法,终端设备可以根据第一差值和第二差值分别与第一阈值的大小关系,确定终端设备自身在第一网络设备覆盖区域中的相对位置,在终端设备处于第一网络设备覆盖区域外圈的情况下,也就是第一差值小于第一阈值,或者第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,此时,终端设备距离第一网络设备较远,终端设备的接收性能较差。因此,终端设备可以指示第一网络设备重复发送Msg4或MsgB(即发送第一信息),以使得第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB,以提升终端设备 接收Msg4或MsgB的性能,从而提高RA过程成功的概率。上述图11所示的通信方法中,第一偏移值的取值大于或等于0。实际上本申请还支持第一偏移值的取值小于或等于0,下面对第一偏移值的取值小于或等于0的情况进行介绍。示例性的,在第一偏移值的取值小于或等于0的情况下,该通信方法包括如下步骤:The communication method provided by the present application can determine the relative position of the terminal device itself in the coverage area of the first network device according to the size relationship between the first difference and the second difference and the first threshold respectively. When the terminal device is in the outer circle of the coverage area of the first network device, that is, the first difference is less than the first threshold, or the second difference is less than the first threshold, at this time, the terminal device is far away from the first network device, and the receiving performance of the terminal device is poor. Therefore, the terminal device can instruct the first network device to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB (that is, send the first information) so that the first network device can send at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device to improve the terminal device. The performance of receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process. In the communication method shown in Figure 11 above, the value of the first offset value is greater than or equal to 0. In fact, the present application also supports the value of the first offset value being less than or equal to 0. The case where the value of the first offset value is less than or equal to 0 is introduced below. Exemplarily, when the value of the first offset value is less than or equal to 0, the communication method includes the following steps:
步骤11、其中步骤11与步骤S1101相同,具体可参考步骤S1101中的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Step 11, wherein step 11 is the same as step S1101, and for details, please refer to the relevant description in step S1101, which will not be repeated here.
步骤12、在第一和值小于第一阈值,和/或,第二和值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。Step 12: When the first sum is less than the first threshold value, and/or the second sum is less than the first threshold value, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
其中,第一和值为第一小区的Srxlev与第一偏移值的和值,或者,第一差值为第一小区的Srxlev与第一偏移值的和。也就是说,第一和值可以是正数,或者也可以是负数,或者也可以是0。The first sum is the sum of the Srxlev of the first cell and the first offset value, or the first difference is the sum of the Srxlev of the first cell and the first offset value. That is, the first sum can be a positive number, a negative number, or zero.
第二和值为第一小区的Squal与第一偏移值的和值。或者,第二和值为第一小区的Squal与第一偏移值的和。也就是说,第二和值可以是正数,或者也可以是负数,或者也可以是0。The second sum is the sum of the Squal of the first cell and the first offset value. Alternatively, the second sum is the sum of the Squal of the first cell and the first offset value. That is, the second sum may be a positive number, a negative number, or zero.
示例性的,第一差值可以满足如下关系(5):
第一和值=Qrxlevmeas-(Qrxlevmin+Qxxlevminoffset)-Pcompensation-Qoffsettemp+QoffseteRedCap
Exemplarily, the first difference may satisfy the following relationship (5):
First sum = Qrxlevmeas - ( Qrxlevmin + Qxxlevminoffset ) - Pcompensation - Qoffset temp + Qoffset eRedCap
(5)(5)
其中,关系(5)中的参数可参照上述关系(3)的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。Among them, the parameters in relationship (5) can refer to the relevant description of the above relationship (3), and this application will not repeat them here.
示例性的,第一差值可以满足如下关系(6):
第二差值=Qqualmeas-(Qqualmin+Qqualminoffset)-Qoffsettemp+QoffseteRedCap (6)Exemplarily, the first difference may satisfy the following relationship (6):
The second difference=Q qualmeas -(Q qualmin +Q qualminoffset )-Qoffset temp +Qoffset eRedCap (6)
其中,关系(6)中的参数可参照上述关系(4)中的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。Among them, the parameters in relationship (6) can refer to the relevant description in the above relationship (4), and this application will not repeat them here.
可选的,第一和值小于第一阈值,和/或,第二和值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息,包括:第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一和值小于第一阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二和值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。Optionally, when the first sum is less than the first threshold, and/or the second sum is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, including: when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first sum is less than the first threshold, and/or when the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second sum is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
示例性的,第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一和值小于第一阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二和值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息与上述在第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息的过程类似,具体可参考上述在第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first sum is less than the first threshold, and/or when the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second sum is less than the first threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, which is similar to the process in which the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or when the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold. For details, please refer to the relevant description of the terminal device sending the first information to the first network device when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or when the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,第一和值小于第一阈值,和/或,第二和值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备位于第一覆盖范围中的第二范围;第一和值大于或等于第一阈值,且第二和值大于或等于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备位于第一覆盖范围中的第一范围。示例性的,第一覆盖范围可以参见上述图13中的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, when the first sum is less than the first threshold value, and/or the second sum is less than the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the second range in the first coverage range; when the first sum is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, and the second sum is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, the terminal device is located in the first range in the first coverage range. Exemplarily, the first coverage range can refer to the relevant description in FIG. 13 above, which will not be repeated here.
除上述两种的通信方法外,本申请还提供一种通信方法,如图14所示,该通信方法可以包括如下步骤:In addition to the above two communication methods, the present application also provides a communication method, as shown in FIG14 , which may include the following steps:
S1401、终端设备获取第四阈值。第四阈值可以包括第一子阈值和第二子阈值。S1401: The terminal device obtains a fourth threshold value. The fourth threshold value may include a first sub-threshold value and a second sub-threshold value.
可选的,第第四阈值用于确定终端设备位于第一网络设备的第一覆盖区域中的位置。可选的,第四阈值可以称为第二偏移值。第四阈值大于或等于0。Optionally, the fourth threshold is used to determine the position of the terminal device in the first coverage area of the first network device. Optionally, the fourth threshold can be called a second offset value. The fourth threshold is greater than or equal to 0.
可选的,第四阈值可以是第一网络设备预配置的。示例性的,第四阈值可以携带在第一小区的系统信息中。可选的,第四阈值还可以称为接收阈值,本申请不作限制。Optionally, the fourth threshold may be preconfigured by the first network device. Exemplarily, the fourth threshold may be carried in the system information of the first cell. Optionally, the fourth threshold may also be referred to as a receiving threshold, which is not limited in the present application.
示例性的,在步骤S1401之前,该通信方法还可以包括步骤S1400:Exemplarily, before step S1401, the communication method may further include step S1400:
S1400、第一网络设备发送第一小区的系统信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一小区的系统信息。其中,第一小区的系统信息包括第四阈值。也就是说,第四阈值可以携带在第一小区的系统信息中,例如,第四阈值可以携带在SIB1中。S1400. The first network device sends system information of the first cell. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the system information of the first cell from the first network device. The system information of the first cell includes a fourth threshold. That is, the fourth threshold may be carried in the system information of the first cell, for example, the fourth threshold may be carried in SIB1.
可选的,第一小区的系统信息可以携带在第一小区的广播消息中。示例性的,第一网络设备以广播的形式发送第一小区的广播消息,使得终端设备能够接收到该第一小区的广播消息,从而获取第四阈值。Optionally, the system information of the first cell may be carried in a broadcast message of the first cell. Exemplarily, the first network device sends the broadcast message of the first cell in a broadcast form, so that the terminal device can receive the broadcast message of the first cell, thereby acquiring the fourth threshold.
可选的,第一子阈值和第二子阈值可以相同或不同。Optionally, the first sub-threshold and the second sub-threshold may be the same or different.
可选的,第一子阈值和第二子阈值相同的情况下,可以认为第四阈值包括第一子阈值,或者,第四阈值包括第四子阈值。Optionally, when the first sub-threshold and the second sub-threshold are the same, it can be considered that the fourth threshold includes the first sub-threshold, or the fourth threshold includes the fourth sub-threshold.
可选的,第一子阈值和第二子阈值相同的情况下,可以将图11中的第一偏移值作为第四阈值。也就是说,在第一子阈值和第二子阈值相同的情况下,步骤S1401执行的操作与步骤S1101执行的操作相同。 Optionally, when the first sub-threshold and the second sub-threshold are the same, the first offset value in Figure 11 can be used as the fourth threshold. That is, when the first sub-threshold and the second sub-threshold are the same, the operation performed in step S1401 is the same as the operation performed in step S1101.
可选的,在步骤S1401之后,终端设备可以确定第一小区的Srxlev与第一子阈值的大小关系。Optionally, after step S1401, the terminal device may determine the relationship between Srxlev of the first cell and the first sub-threshold.
可选的,第一小区的Srxlev可以根据上述步骤S105中关系(1)确定。Optionally, the Srxlev of the first cell may be determined according to the relationship (1) in the above step S105.
可选的,在步骤S1401之后,终端设备可以确定第一小区的Squal与第二子阈值的大小关系。Optionally, after step S1401, the terminal device may determine the relationship between Squal of the first cell and the second sub-threshold.
可选的,第一小区的Squal可以根据上述步骤S105中关系(2)确定。Optionally, the Squal of the first cell may be determined according to the relationship (2) in the above step S105.
S1402、在第一小区的Srxlev小于第一子阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal小于第二子阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。其中,第一信息指示第一网络设备重复发送RA过程中的Msg4或4MsgB。S1402: When the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, the terminal device sends a first message to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first message from the terminal device. The first message indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or 4MsgB in the RA process.
可选的,在第一小区的Srxlev小于第一子阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal小于第二子阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息,包括:第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一小区的Srxlev小于第一子阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第一小区的Squal小于第二子阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。Optionally, when the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold and/or the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, including: when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device.
示例性的,第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一小区的Srxlev小于第一子阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第一小区的Squal小于第二子阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息与上述在第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息的过程类似,具体可参考上述在第一小区的Srxlev大于0、且第一差值小于第一阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal大于0、且第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device, which is similar to the process in which the terminal device sends the first information to the first network device when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold. For details, please refer to the relevant description of the terminal device sending the first information to the first network device when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than 0 and the first difference is less than the first threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is greater than 0 and the second difference is less than the first threshold, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,在第一小区的Srxlev大于或等于第一子阈值,且第一小区的Squal大于或等于第二子阈值的情况下,可以认为终端设备处于第一网络设备的第一覆盖区域中的第三范围;第一差值小于第一阈值,或第二差值小于第一阈值的情况下,可以认为终端设备处于第一网络设备中第一覆盖区域的第四范围,即终端设备处于第一覆盖区域的边缘。其中第一覆盖区域与上述步骤S1102中的第一覆盖区域相同,具体可参考上述步骤S1102中第一覆盖区域的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, when the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than or equal to the first sub-threshold, and the Squal of the first cell is greater than or equal to the second sub-threshold, the terminal device can be considered to be in the third range of the first coverage area of the first network device; when the first difference is less than the first threshold, or the second difference is less than the first threshold, the terminal device can be considered to be in the fourth range of the first coverage area of the first network device, that is, the terminal device is at the edge of the first coverage area. The first coverage area is the same as the first coverage area in the above step S1102, and the details can be referred to the relevant description of the first coverage area in the above step S1102, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的,第一覆盖区域可以如图15所示,第一小区的Srxlev大于或等于第一子阈值,且第一小区的Squal大于或等于第二子阈值的情况下,可以认为终端设备处于第一网络设备覆盖区域的第三范围,图15的虚线圈包围的区域即为第三范围;第一小区的Srxlev小于第一子阈值,和/或,第一小区的Squal小于第二子阈值的情况下,可以认为终端设备处于第一网络设备覆盖区域的第四范围,图15的实现圈中除虚线圈包围区域外的区域即为第四范围。Exemplarily, the first coverage area can be as shown in Figure 15. When the Srxlev of the first cell is greater than or equal to the first sub-threshold, and the Squal of the first cell is greater than or equal to the second sub-threshold, the terminal device can be considered to be in the third range of the coverage area of the first network device, and the area surrounded by the dotted circle in Figure 15 is the third range; when the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, and/or the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, the terminal device can be considered to be in the fourth range of the coverage area of the first network device, and the area in the implementation circle of Figure 15 except the area surrounded by the dotted circle is the fourth range.
可选的,第三范围与第一范围可以相同或不同,第四范围与第二范围可以相同或不同。Optionally, the third range may be the same as or different from the first range, and the fourth range may be the same as or different from the second range.
可选的,步骤S1402与上述步骤S1102类似,可以参考上述步骤S1102的相关说明,本申请在此不再赘述。Optionally, step S1402 is similar to the above step S1102, and reference may be made to the relevant description of the above step S1102, which will not be repeated in this application.
可选的,在步骤S1402之后,还可以执行步骤S1103。Optionally, after step S1402, step S1103 may also be executed.
本申请提供的通信方法,终端设备可以根据第一小区的Srxlev和第一小区的Squal分别与第一小区覆盖范围的第四阈值的大小关系,确定终端设备自身在第一网络设备覆盖区域中的相对位置,在终端设备处于第一网络设备覆盖区域的第一范围的情况下,也就是第一小区的Srxlev小于第一子阈值,或者第一小区的Squal小于第二子阈值的情况下,此时,终端设备距离第一网络设备较远,终端设备的接收性能较差。因此,终端设备可以指示第一网络设备重复发送Msg4或MsgB(即发送第一信息),以使得第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB,以提升终端设备接收Msg4或MsgB的性能,进而提高RA过程成功的概率。In the communication method provided by the present application, the terminal device can determine the relative position of the terminal device itself in the coverage area of the first network device according to the size relationship between the Srxlev of the first cell and the Squal of the first cell and the fourth threshold of the coverage range of the first cell, and when the terminal device is in the first range of the coverage area of the first network device, that is, when the Srxlev of the first cell is less than the first sub-threshold, or when the Squal of the first cell is less than the second sub-threshold, at this time, the terminal device is far away from the first network device, and the receiving performance of the terminal device is poor. Therefore, the terminal device can instruct the first network device to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB (i.e., send the first information), so that the first network device can send at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device, so as to improve the performance of the terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby improving the probability of success of the RA process.
除上述图11和图14所示的方案外,在终端设备为第一类终端设备,第一网络设备为第一类网络设备的情况下,本申请还提供一种通信方法,在该通信方法包括如下步骤:In addition to the solutions shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 14 above, when the terminal device is a first-category terminal device and the first network device is a first-category network device, the present application further provides a communication method, and the communication method includes the following steps:
步骤1:终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。第一信息用于指示第一网络设备重复发送随机接入过程中的Msg4或MsgB。Step 1: The terminal device sends first information to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first information from the terminal device. The first information is used to instruct the first network device to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB in the random access process.
或者,步骤1中的第一信息也可以用于指示终端设备为第一类终端设备。也就是说,终端设备向第一网络设备告知,终端设备为第一类终端设备。Alternatively, the first information in step 1 may also be used to indicate that the terminal device is a first-category terminal device. In other words, the terminal device informs the first network device that the terminal device is a first-category terminal device.
示例性的,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息的过程可以参照上述图11中终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一信息的过程的相关描述,本申请在此不作赘述。Exemplarily, the process of the terminal device sending the first information to the first network device can refer to the relevant description of the process of the terminal device sending the first information to the first network device in FIG. 11 above, and the present application will not elaborate on it here.
步骤2:其中步骤2与步骤1103相同,具体实现过程可参考步骤S1103的相关描述,本申请在此不作赘述。Step 2: Step 2 is the same as step 1103. For the specific implementation process, please refer to the relevant description of step S1103, which will not be repeated in this application.
基于该方案,在终端设备为第一类终端设备,第一网络设备为第一类网络设备的情况下,由于第一类 终端设备的能力低于第二类终端设备的能力,因此终端设备向发送第一信息,使得第一网络设备能够重复发送随机接入过程中的Msg4或MsgB,以提升第一类终端设备接收Msg4或MsgB的性能,从而提高RA过程成功的概率。Based on this solution, when the terminal device is a first-class terminal device and the first network device is a first-class network device, due to the first-class The capability of the terminal device is lower than that of the second type of terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device sends the first information to enable the first network device to repeatedly send Msg4 or MsgB in the random access process to improve the performance of the first type of terminal device in receiving Msg4 or MsgB, thereby increasing the probability of success of the RA process.
以上是对发送第一信息进行的说明,下面对终端设备接入第二类网络设备进行介绍。其中,终端设备为第一类终端设备。示例性的,终端设备接入第二类网络设备可以基于如下两种场景实现:The above is an explanation of sending the first information. The following is an introduction to the access of the terminal device to the second type of network device. The terminal device is a first type of terminal device. Exemplarily, the access of the terminal device to the second type of network device can be implemented based on the following two scenarios:
场景一、在小区选择和随机接入过程中。Scenario 1: During cell selection and random access.
示例性的,以第二网络设备为第二类网络设备为例,终端设备可以向第二网络设备中的第二小区发起RA。Exemplarily, taking the second network device as a second type of network device as an example, the terminal device may initiate RA to the second cell in the second network device.
参见图16,为本申请提供的一种通信方法,该通信方法可以包括如下步骤:Referring to FIG. 16 , a communication method provided by the present application may include the following steps:
S1601、第二网络设备向终端设备发送第二小区的系统信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自第二网络设备的第二小区的系统信息。其中,第二小区的系统信息指示第二小区是否支持第二类终端设备接入,和/或第二小区的系统信息还指示第二小区的载波带宽。S1601. The second network device sends system information of the second cell to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the system information of the second cell from the second network device. The system information of the second cell indicates whether the second cell supports access of a second type of terminal device, and/or the system information of the second cell further indicates a carrier bandwidth of the second cell.
可选的,载波带宽也可以称为是传输带宽,或者也可以称为信道带宽,本申请不予限制。Optionally, the carrier bandwidth may also be referred to as the transmission bandwidth, or may also be referred to as the channel bandwidth, which is not limited in this application.
可选的,第二小区的系统信息指示第二小区是否支持第二类终端设备接入,可以通过如下两种信令方式实现:Optionally, the system information of the second cell indicates whether the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment, which can be implemented in the following two signaling ways:
第一种可能的实现方式中,第二小区的系统信息可以包括第一字段,第一字段指示第二小区是否支持第二类终端设备接入。第一字段的不同取值可以理解为第一指示信息,即第一指示信息指示第二小区是否支持第二类终端设备接入。In a first possible implementation, the system information of the second cell may include a first field, and the first field indicates whether the second cell supports access by a second type of terminal device. Different values of the first field can be understood as first indication information, that is, the first indication information indicates whether the second cell supports access by a second type of terminal device.
可选的,第一指示信息指示第二小区是否支持第二类终端设备接入也可以理解为,第一指示信息指示第二网络设备的类型。其中,第一指示信息指示第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入的情况下,表示第二网络设备为第二类网络设备。第一指示信息指示第二小区不支持第二类终端设备接入的情况下,表示第二网络设备为除第二类网络设备外的其他设备。本申请以第二类网络设备为第二类网络设备,即第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入为例进行说明。Optionally, the first indication information indicating whether the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal device can also be understood as the first indication information indicating the type of the second network device. Wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal device, it indicates that the second network device is a second type of network device. When the first indication information indicates that the second cell does not support access of the second type of terminal device, it indicates that the second network device is a device other than the second type of network device. This application is described by taking the second type of network device as the second type of network device, that is, the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal device as an example.
示例性的,第一指示信息可以通过1比特表示。该1比特的值为第一数值的情况下,可以表示第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入;该1比特的值为第二数值的情况下,可以表示第二小区不支持第二类终端设备接入。可选的,第一数值可以为1,相应的,第二数值为0;或者第一数值可以为0,相应的,第二数值为1。Exemplarily, the first indication information may be represented by 1 bit. When the value of the 1 bit is a first value, it may indicate that the second cell supports access by a second type of terminal device; when the value of the 1 bit is a second value, it may indicate that the second cell does not support access by a second type of terminal device. Optionally, the first value may be 1, and correspondingly, the second value is 0; or the first value may be 0, and correspondingly, the second value is 1.
或者,第一指示信息可以通过枚举的方式指示第二小区是否支持第二类终端设备接入。例如,第一指示信息为allowed,表示为第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入;第一指示信息为notallowed,表示为第二小区不支持第二类终端设备接入。Alternatively, the first indication information may indicate whether the second cell supports access by the second type of terminal device by enumeration. For example, if the first indication information is allowed, it indicates that the second cell supports access by the second type of terminal device; if the first indication information is not allowed, it indicates that the second cell does not support access by the second type of terminal device.
第二种可能的实现方式中,通过第二小区的系统信息是否携带第一字段,指示第二小区是否支持第二类终端设备接入。其中,在第二小区的系统信息携带第一字段的情况下,表示第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入;在第二小区的系统信息未携带第一字段的情况下,表示第二小区不支持第二类终端设备接入。In a second possible implementation, whether the second cell supports access by the second type of terminal device is indicated by whether the system information of the second cell carries the first field. Wherein, if the system information of the second cell carries the first field, it indicates that the second cell supports access by the second type of terminal device; if the system information of the second cell does not carry the first field, it indicates that the second cell does not support access by the second type of terminal device.
示例性的,第一字段可以为intraFreqReselectionRedCap-r17字段。Exemplarily, the first field may be the intraFreqReselectionRedCap-r17 field.
第三种可能的实现方式中,通过第二小区的系统信息是否携带第一字段,以及第一字段的不同取值,或第一字段中不同指示信息指示第二小区是否支持第二类终端设备接入。其中在第二小区的系统信息未携带第一字段的情况下,或者,在第二小区的系统信息携带第一字段,且第一字段包括第三指示信息的情况下,表示第二小区不支持第二类终端设备接入;在在第二小区的系统信息携带第一字段,且第一字段包括第四指示信息的情况下,表示第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入。In a third possible implementation, whether the second cell supports access by the second type of terminal equipment is indicated by whether the system information of the second cell carries the first field, and different values of the first field, or different indication information in the first field. Wherein, when the system information of the second cell does not carry the first field, or when the system information of the second cell carries the first field and the first field includes the third indication information, it indicates that the second cell does not support access by the second type of terminal equipment; when the system information of the second cell carries the first field and the first field includes the fourth indication information, it indicates that the second cell supports access by the second type of terminal equipment.
示例性的,第三指示信息可以为notallowed,相应的,第四指示信息为allowed。或者,第三指示信息可以为第二数值,相应的,第四指示信息可以为第一数值。Exemplarily, the third indication information may be not allowed, and correspondingly, the fourth indication information may be allowed. Alternatively, the third indication information may be a second value, and correspondingly, the fourth indication information may be a first value.
可选的,第二小区的系统信息还可以包括第二小区的载波带宽。Optionally, the system information of the second cell may also include the carrier bandwidth of the second cell.
步骤S1602、在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入,和/或,第二小区的载波带宽小于或等于第二阈值的情况下,终端设备在第二小区发起RA。其中,第二阈值为第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。也就是说,步骤S1602可以包括如下三种可能的实现:Step S1602: When the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal device, and/or the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal device initiates RA in the second cell. The second threshold is the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device. That is, step S1602 may include the following three possible implementations:
第一种可能的实现中,在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入的情况下,终端设备在第二小区发起RA。In a first possible implementation, when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment, the terminal equipment initiates RA in the second cell.
可选的,在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入的情况下,终端设备在第二小区发起RA,包括:在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入,且终端设备的基带处理带宽小于或等于第二阈值的情况下,终端设备在第二小区发起RA。 Optionally, when the second cell supports access of second-type terminal devices, the terminal device initiates RA in the second cell, including: when the second cell supports access of second-type terminal devices and the baseband processing bandwidth of the terminal device is less than or equal to a second threshold, the terminal device initiates RA in the second cell.
示例性的,以第一类终端设备的设备类型为R18 RedCap为例,R18 RedCap终端设备支持的最大带宽为5MHz,即第二阈值为5MHz。也就是说,终端设备的基带处理带宽小于或等于5MHz,且第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入的情况下,终端设备可以在第二小区发起RA。For example, taking the device type of the first type of terminal device as R18 RedCap, the maximum bandwidth supported by the R18 RedCap terminal device is 5MHz, that is, the second threshold is 5MHz. In other words, if the baseband processing bandwidth of the terminal device is less than or equal to 5MHz and the second cell supports the access of the second type of terminal device, the terminal device can initiate RA in the second cell.
第二种可能的实现中,在第二小区的载波带宽小于或等于第二阈值的情况下,终端设备在第二小区发起RA。In a second possible implementation, when the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal device initiates RA in the second cell.
示例性的,以第一类终端设备的设备类型为R18 RedCap为例,R18 RedCap终端设备支持的最大带宽为5MHz,即第二阈值为5MHz。也就是说,第二小区的载波带宽小于或等于5MHz的情况下,终端设备可以在第二小区发起RA。For example, taking the device type of the first type of terminal device as R18 RedCap, the maximum bandwidth supported by the R18 RedCap terminal device is 5MHz, that is, the second threshold is 5MHz. In other words, when the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to 5MHz, the terminal device can initiate RA in the second cell.
第三种可能的实现中,在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入,且第二小区的载波带宽小于或等于第二阈值的情况下,终端设备在第二小区发起RA。In a third possible implementation, when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment and the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal equipment initiates RA in the second cell.
示例性的,以第一类终端设备的设备类型为R18 RedCap为例,R18 RedCap终端设备支持的最大带宽为5MHz,即第二阈值为5MHz。也就是说,第二小区的载波带宽小于或等于5MHz,且第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入的情况下,终端设备可以在第二小区发起RA。可选的,终端设备在第二小区发起RA,包括:终端设备向第二网络设备发送第二信息。相应的,第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二信息。其中,第二信息用于指示终端设备为第二类终端设备。第二网络设备可以通过第二信息识别终端设备的设备类型。Exemplarily, taking the device type of the first category terminal device as R18 RedCap, the maximum bandwidth supported by the R18 RedCap terminal device is 5MHz, that is, the second threshold is 5MHz. That is to say, when the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to 5MHz and the second cell supports access of the second category terminal device, the terminal device can initiate RA in the second cell. Optionally, the terminal device initiates RA in the second cell, including: the terminal device sends second information to the second network device. Correspondingly, the second network device receives the second information from the terminal device. The second information is used to indicate that the terminal device is a second category terminal device. The second network device can identify the device type of the terminal device through the second information.
可选的,第二信息指示终端设备为第二类终端设备,并不代表终端设备真实的设备类型就是第二类终端设备。实际上,终端设备真实的设备类型为第一类终端设备,终端设备向第二网络设备发送第二信息的目的是,让第二网络设备认为终端设备为第二类终端设备,也就是说,终端设备将其设备类型伪装为第二类终端设备,即第二信息用于终端设备伪装为第二类终端设备。Optionally, the second information indicates that the terminal device is a second-category terminal device, which does not mean that the actual device type of the terminal device is a second-category terminal device. In fact, the actual device type of the terminal device is a first-category terminal device, and the purpose of the terminal device sending the second information to the second network device is to make the second network device believe that the terminal device is a second-category terminal device, that is, the terminal device disguises its device type as a second-category terminal device, that is, the second information is used for the terminal device to disguise itself as a second-category terminal device.
可选的,第二信息可以为第二类终端设备的类型标识。例如,第二信息可以是R17 RedCap设备类型对应的LCID。Optionally, the second information may be a type identifier of the second type of terminal device. For example, the second information may be an LCID corresponding to the R17 RedCap device type.
可选的,第二信息携带在RA过程的Msg1、Msg3和MsgA中的任一项中。Optionally, the second information is carried in any one of Msg1, Msg3 and MsgA in the RA process.
可选的,在终端设备在第二小区发起RA之前,该通信方法还可以包括步骤S1603:Optionally, before the terminal device initiates RA in the second cell, the communication method may further include step S1603:
步骤S1603、终端设备确定第二小区是否满足S准则。Step S1603: The terminal device determines whether the second cell meets the S criterion.
可选的,步骤S1603与上述步骤S105类似,可以参照上述步骤S105的相关描述,本申请在此不做赘述。Optionally, step S1603 is similar to the above-mentioned step S105, and reference may be made to the relevant description of the above-mentioned step S105, which will not be elaborated in this application.
可选的,在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入,和/或,第二小区的载波带宽小于或等于第二阈值的情况下,终端设备在第二小区发起随机接入,包括:在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入,和/或,第二小区的载波带宽小于或等于第二阈值的情况下,还需第二小区满足S准则的情况下,终端设备在第二小区发起随机接入。即就是,在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入,且第二小区满足S准则的情况下,终端设备在第二小区发起随机接入;或者,在第二小区的载波带宽小于或等于第二阈值,且第二小区满足S准则的情况下,终端设备在第二小区发起随机接入;或者,在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入,第二小区的载波带宽小于或等于第二阈值,且第二小区满足S准则的情况下,终端设备在第二小区发起随机接入。Optionally, when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment, and/or the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal equipment initiates random access in the second cell, including: when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment, and/or the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, and the second cell also needs to meet the S criterion, the terminal equipment initiates random access in the second cell. That is, when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment and the second cell meets the S criterion, the terminal equipment initiates random access in the second cell; or, when the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold and the second cell meets the S criterion, the terminal equipment initiates random access in the second cell; or, when the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal equipment, the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, and the second cell meets the S criterion, the terminal equipment initiates random access in the second cell.
基于场景一,终端设备通过来自第二网络设备的第二小区的系统信息,确定第二网络设备是否为第二类网络设备(即第二小区是否支持第二类终端设备接入)、和/或,第二小区的载波带宽,并在第二网络设备为第二类网络设备(即第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入)、且第二小区的载波带宽小于或等于第二阈值的情况下,在小区选择过程中可以将第二小区确定为驻留小区。实现第一类终端设备(即终端设备)接入第二类网络设备(即第二网络设备)。Based on scenario one, the terminal device determines whether the second network device is a second-class network device (i.e., whether the second cell supports access by second-class terminal devices) and/or the carrier bandwidth of the second cell through system information of the second cell from the second network device, and when the second network device is a second-class network device (i.e., the second cell supports access by second-class terminal devices) and the carrier bandwidth of the second cell is less than or equal to the second threshold, the second cell can be determined as a resident cell during the cell selection process. This enables the first-class terminal device (i.e., the terminal device) to access the second-class network device (i.e., the second network device).
场景二、在小区切换过程中。Scenario 2: During cell switching.
示例性的,以第三网络设备为第一类网络设备、且第三网络设备为终端设备的服务网络设备,第四网络设备为第二类网络设备为例,终端设备可以从第三网络设备切换至第四网络设备为例。也就是说,终端设备可以接入第四网络设备。For example, the third network device is a first-type network device, and the third network device is a service network device of the terminal device, and the fourth network device is a second-type network device, and the terminal device can switch from the third network device to the fourth network device. That is, the terminal device can access the fourth network device.
参见图17,为本申请提供的一种通信方法,该通信方法可以包括如下步骤:Referring to FIG. 17 , a communication method provided by the present application may include the following steps:
S1701、终端设备确定能力信息。其中,能力信息指示终端设备能够工作在第二类小区中,第二类小区支持第二类终端设备接入,第二类小区的载波带宽小于或等于第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。S1701. The terminal device determines capability information, wherein the capability information indicates that the terminal device can work in a second type of cell, the second type of cell supports access by second type of terminal devices, and the carrier bandwidth of the second type of cell is less than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal devices.
示例性的,以第一类终端设备的设备类型为R18 RedCap,第二类网络设备的设备类型为R17 RedCap为例,第二类小区即为R17 RedCap网络设备中小区的载波带宽小于或等于5MHz的小区。For example, taking the device type of the first type of terminal equipment as R18 RedCap and the device type of the second type of network equipment as R17 RedCap, the second type of cell is a cell in the R17 RedCap network device whose carrier bandwidth is less than or equal to 5 MHz.
可选的,能力信息可以包括第一参数,其中,第一参数大于或等于第三阈值。或者,能力信息可以包括终端设备支持的最大峰值速率相关参数,其中,所述终端设备支持的最大峰值速率相关参数包括最大支 持层数调制阶数缩放因子f(j),其中,调制阶数缩放因子f(j)的乘积大于或等于第三阈值,第三阈值为所述第二类终端设备支持的最小峰值数据速率降低。Optionally, the capability information may include a first parameter, wherein the first parameter is greater than or equal to a third threshold. Alternatively, the capability information may include a maximum peak rate related parameter supported by the terminal device, wherein the maximum peak rate related parameter supported by the terminal device includes a maximum supported Number of layers Modulation order Scaling factor f (j) where Modulation order The product of the scaling factors f (j) is greater than or equal to a third threshold, and the third threshold is the minimum peak data rate reduction supported by the second type of terminal equipment.
示例性的,第二类终端设备为R17RedCap终端设备的情况下,第二类终端设备支持的第一参数大于等于4,此时第三阈值可以为4。或者,第二类终端设备为R17RedCap终端设备的情况下,第二类终端设备的第一参数的约束大于等于4。Exemplarily, when the second type of terminal device is an R17RedCap terminal device, the first parameter supported by the second type of terminal device is greater than or equal to 4, and the third threshold may be 4. Alternatively, when the second type of terminal device is an R17RedCap terminal device, the constraint of the first parameter of the second type of terminal device is greater than or equal to 4.
可选的,第二类终端设备支持的第一参数大于等于第三阈值,可以理解为第二类终端设备对第一参数的约束大于或等于第三阈值。Optionally, the first parameter supported by the second type of terminal device is greater than or equal to the third threshold, which can be understood as the constraint of the second type of terminal device on the first parameter is greater than or equal to the third threshold.
由于,终端设备为第一类终端设备,第一类终端设备支持的第一参数大于或等于3.2,即,此时终端设备的支持的第一参数大于等于3.2。因此,终端设备可以将在其支持的第一参数放松为大于或等于4。以使得终端设备能够接入第二类小区。Since the terminal device is a first-category terminal device, the first parameter supported by the first-category terminal device is greater than or equal to 3.2, that is, at this time, the first parameter supported by the terminal device is greater than or equal to 3.2. Therefore, the terminal device can relax the first parameter supported by it to be greater than or equal to 4, so that the terminal device can access the second-category cell.
可选的,终端设备可以将在其支持的的第一参数放松为大于等于4,包括:在小区的载波带宽或终端设备的基带处理带宽处于FR1的频率范围内的情况下,终端设备可以将在其支持的的第一参数放松为大于或等于4。Optionally, the terminal device may relax the first parameter it supports to be greater than or equal to 4, including: when the carrier bandwidth of the cell or the baseband processing bandwidth of the terminal device is within the frequency range of FR1, the terminal device may relax the first parameter it supports to be greater than or equal to 4.
可选的,第一参数,或者第一参数的约束可以通过如下两种方式确定:Optionally, the first parameter, or the constraint of the first parameter, can be determined in the following two ways:
一种可能的实现方式中,第一参数可以根据最大支持层数调制阶数缩放因子f(j)确定,例如为三者的乘积。也就是说,终端设备可以通过计算f(j)的乘积确定第一参数。In a possible implementation, the first parameter can be based on the maximum number of supported layers. Modulation order The scaling factor f (j) is determined, for example, by the product of the three. That is, the terminal device can calculate The product of f (j) determines the first parameter.
可选的,f(j)可以通过高层参数(如RRC参数)指示。Optional, f (j) can be indicated by higher-level parameters (such as RRC parameters).
示例性的,可以通过多入多出(multiple-input multiple-output,MIMO)技术支持的PDSCH传输的最大层数(maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH)、MIMO技术支持的基于码本的PUSCH(code book physical uplink shared channel,CB-PUSCH)传输的最大层数(maxNumberMIMO-LayersCB-PUSCH)、和MIMO技术支持的基于非码本的PUSCH(noncode book physical uplink shared channel,NonCB-PUSCH)传输的最大层(maxNumberMIMO-LayersNonCB-PUSCH)指示。For example, It can be indicated by the maximum number of layers (maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH) of PDSCH transmission supported by multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) technology, the maximum number of layers (maxNumberMIMO-LayersCB-PUSCH) of code book-based PUSCH (code book physical uplink shared channel, CB-PUSCH) transmission supported by MIMO technology, and the maximum number of layers (maxNumberMIMO-LayersNonCB-PUSCH) of non-code book-based PUSCH (noncode book physical uplink shared channel, NonCB-PUSCH) transmission supported by MIMO technology.
可以通过下行链路(downlink,DL)支持的调制阶数(supportedModulationOrderDL)和上行链路(uplink,UL)支持的调制阶数(supportedModulationOrderUL)指示。 It can be indicated by the modulation order supported by the downlink (downlink, DL) (supportedModulationOrderDL) and the modulation order supported by the uplink (uplink, UL) (supportedModulationOrderUL).
f(j)可以通过缩放因子(scalingFactor)、或基于低频频段和1024正交振幅调制(quadrature amplitude modulation,QAM)调制方式的缩放因子(scalingFactor-1024QAM-FR1)。f (j) can be a scaling factor (scalingFactor) or a scaling factor (scalingFactor-1024QAM-FR1) based on a low frequency band and a 1024 quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM) modulation method.
可选的,终端设备可以调整f(j)中至少一项的值的大小,以确保峰值信息速率能够大于或等于第三阈值。Optionally, the terminal device can adjust The value of at least one item in f (j) is large enough to ensure that the peak information rate is greater than or equal to the third threshold.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一参数可以由终端设备设置。In another possible implementation manner, the first parameter may be set by the terminal device.
可选的,终端设备可以将第一参数设置为默认值。例如,以第一类终端设备的设备类型为R18 RedCap,第二类网络设备的设备类型为R17 RedCap为例,该默认值可以设置为4,或者,该默认值也可以设置为大于4的任意数值,本申请不做具体限制。Optionally, the terminal device may set the first parameter to a default value. For example, taking the device type of the first type of terminal device as R18 RedCap and the device type of the second type of network device as R17 RedCap as an example, the default value may be set to 4, or the default value may be set to any value greater than 4, and this application does not make any specific restrictions.
S1702、终端设备向第三网络设备发送能力信息。相应的,第三网络设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息。S1702: The terminal device sends capability information to the third network device. Correspondingly, the third network device receives the capability information from the terminal device.
可选的,终端设备向第三网络设备发送能力信息,包括:在小区的载波带宽或终端设备的基带处理带宽处于FR1的频率范围内的情况下,终端设备向第三网络设备发送能力信息。可选的,第三网络设备接收到能力信息的情况下,可以认为终端设备能够接入第二类网络设备。因此,第三网络设备在确定目标小区时,可以将第二类网络设备中的小区纳入确定范围,即第三网络设备可以将第四小区确定为目标小区。其中,第四小区为第四网络设备中的小区,所述第二类小区包括所述第四小区,所述第四小区允许所述终端设备接入。可选的,在步骤S1702之后,该通信方法还可以包括步骤S1703-S1704:Optionally, the terminal device sends capability information to the third network device, including: when the carrier bandwidth of the cell or the baseband processing bandwidth of the terminal device is within the frequency range of FR1, the terminal device sends capability information to the third network device. Optionally, when the third network device receives the capability information, it can be considered that the terminal device is able to access the second type of network device. Therefore, when determining the target cell, the third network device can include the cell in the second type of network device in the determination range, that is, the third network device can determine the fourth cell as the target cell. Among them, the fourth cell is a cell in the fourth network device, the second type of cell includes the fourth cell, and the fourth cell allows the terminal device to access. Optionally, after step S1702, the communication method may also include steps S1703-S1704:
S1703、第三网络设备向终端设备发送第四小区的信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自第三网络设备的第四小区的信息。S1703: The third network device sends information about the fourth cell to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the information about the fourth cell from the third network device.
S1704、终端设备根据第四小区的信息,向第四小区发送RRC重新建立连接请求。S1704. The terminal device sends an RRC reconnection request to the fourth cell based on the information of the fourth cell.
示例性的,RRC重新建立连接请求(RRC reestablishment request)还可以为RRC恢复请求(RRC resume reuqest),或RRC建立请求(RRC setup request)。Exemplarily, the RRC reestablishment request (RRC reestablishment request) can also be an RRC resume request (RRC resume request) or an RRC establishment request (RRC setup request).
基于场景二,终端设备通过向第三网络设备发送能力信息,告知第三网络设备能够工作在第二类网络设备中,以使得第三网络设备在确定目标小区时,能够将第二类网络设备中的小区(如第四小区)纳入确定范围,进而能够将第二类网络设备中的小区确定为目标小区,使得终端设备能够切换至第二类网络设备,从而实现终端设备接入第二类网络设备。 Based on scenario two, the terminal device sends capability information to the third network device, informing the third network device that it can work in the second type of network device, so that when the third network device determines the target cell, it can include the cell in the second type of network device (such as the fourth cell) in the determination range, and then can determine the cell in the second type of network device as the target cell, so that the terminal device can switch to the second type of network device, thereby enabling the terminal device to access the second type of network device.
可以理解的是,以上各个实施例中,由网络设备(如第一网络设备、第二网络设备、第三网络设备、或第四网络设备)实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于该网络设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件例如芯片或者电路)实现;由终端设备实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于该终端设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that in each of the above embodiments, the methods and/or steps implemented by the network device (such as the first network device, the second network device, the third network device, or the fourth network device) can also be implemented by components that can be used for the network device (such as a processor, a chip, a chip system, a circuit, a logic module, or software such as a chip or a circuit); the methods and/or steps implemented by the terminal device can also be implemented by components that can be used for the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, a chip system, a circuit, a logic module, or software such as a chip or a circuit).
上述主要对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请还提供了通信装置,该通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的终端设备,或者包含上述终端设备的装置,或者为可用于终端设备的部件,例如芯片或芯片系统;或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的网络设备,或者包含上述网络设备的装置,或者为可用于网络设备的部件,例如芯片或芯片系统。该通信装置可以包括用于实现上文中数据传输方法的模块或单元。下文仅对方案的主要步骤进行了描述,具体细节可参考前文方法实施例,下文不再赘述。The above mainly introduces the scheme provided by the present application. Accordingly, the present application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods. The communication device can be a terminal device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above terminal device, or a component that can be used for a terminal device, such as a chip or a chip system; or, the communication device can be a network device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above network device, or a component that can be used for a network device, such as a chip or a chip system. The communication device may include a module or unit for implementing the data transmission method above. The following only describes the main steps of the scheme. For specific details, please refer to the previous method embodiment, which will not be repeated below.
可以理解的是,该通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It is understandable that, in order to realize the above functions, the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法实施例对通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the communication device according to the above method embodiment. For example, each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.
通信装置图18示出了一种通信装置180的结构示意图。该通信装置180包括处理模块1801和收发模块1802。该通信装置180可以用于实现上述网络设备或终端设备的功能。Communication Device Figure 18 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 180. The communication device 180 includes a processing module 1801 and a transceiver module 1802. The communication device 180 can be used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned network device or terminal device.
在一些实施例中,该通信装置180还可以包括存储模块(图18中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the communication device 180 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 18 ) for storing program instructions and data.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1802,也可以称为收发单元用以实现发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块1802可以由收发电路、收发机、收发器或者通信接口构成。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1802 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit for implementing a sending and/or receiving function. The transceiver module 1802 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1802,可以包括接收模块和发送模块,分别用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备或终端设备执行的接收和发送类的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;处理模块1801,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备或终端设备执行的处理类(例如确定、生成等)的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1802 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to execute the receiving and sending steps performed by the network device or terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document; the processing module 1801 may be used to execute the processing steps (such as determination, generation, etc.) performed by the network device or terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document.
该通信装置180用于实现上述终端设备的功能时:When the communication device 180 is used to implement the functions of the above terminal device:
在一些实施例中,处理模块1801,用于获取第一偏移值,其中,第一偏移值为第一类终端设备的专用偏移值。收发模块1802,用于向第一网络设备发送第一信息;其中,第一差值为第一小区的Srxlev与第一偏移值的差值,第二差值为第一小区的与第一偏移值的差值;第一信息指示第一网络设备重复发送RA过程中的Msg4或MsgB,第一网络设备为第一小区所属的网络设备。In some embodiments, the processing module 1801 is used to obtain a first offset value, wherein the first offset value is a dedicated offset value for a first type of terminal device. The transceiver module 1802 is used to send first information to a first network device; wherein the first difference value is the difference between Srxlev of the first cell and the first offset value, and the second difference value is the difference between Srxlev of the first cell and the first offset value; the first information indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or MsgB in the RA process, and the first network device is a network device to which the first cell belongs.
可选的,收发模块1802,还用于终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一小区的系统信息,系统信息包括第一偏移值。Optionally, the transceiver module 1802 is also used for the terminal device to receive system information of the first cell from the first network device, where the system information includes a first offset value.
可选的,收发模块1802,还用于接收来自第一网络设备的至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB。Optionally, the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to receive at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device.
在另一些实施例中,处理模块1801,用于获取第四阈值,第四阈值包括第一子阈值和第二子阈值。收发模块1802,用于向第一网络设备发送第一信息,其中,第一信息指示第一网络设备重复发送随机接入过程中的Msg4或MsgB,第一网络设备为第一小区所属的网络设备。In some other embodiments, the processing module 1801 is used to obtain a fourth threshold, where the fourth threshold includes a first sub-threshold and a second sub-threshold. The transceiver module 1802 is used to send first information to a first network device, where the first information indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends Msg4 or MsgB in a random access process, and the first network device is a network device to which the first cell belongs.
可选的,收发模块1802,还用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一小区的系统信息,系统信息包括第四阈值。Optionally, the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to receive system information of the first cell from the first network device, where the system information includes a fourth threshold.
可选的,收发模块1802,还用于接收来自第一网络设备的至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB。Optionally, the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to receive at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB from the first network device.
在又一些实施例中,收发模块1802,用于接收来自第二网络设备的第二小区的系统信息,系统信息指示第二小区是否支持第二类终端设备接入,且系统信息还指示第二小区的载波带宽,第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于或等于第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽,终端设备为第一类终端设备。在第二小区支持第二类终端设备接入,且载波带宽小于或等于第二阈值的情况下,处理模块1801,用于在第二小区发起随机接入,第二阈值为第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。In some other embodiments, the transceiver module 1802 is used to receive system information of a second cell from a second network device, the system information indicating whether the second cell supports access of a second type of terminal device, and the system information also indicates a carrier bandwidth of the second cell, the maximum bandwidth supported by the second type of terminal device is greater than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device, and the terminal device is a first type of terminal device. When the second cell supports access of the second type of terminal device and the carrier bandwidth is less than or equal to a second threshold, the processing module 1801 is used to initiate random access in the second cell, and the second threshold is the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device.
可选的,收发模块1802,还用于向第二网络设备发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示终端设备为第二类终端设备。 Optionally, the transceiver module 1802 is further used to send second information to the second network device, where the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device is a second type of terminal device.
在又一些实施例中,处理模块1801,用于确定终端设备的能力信息,能力信息指示终端设备能够工作在第二类小区中,第二类小区支持第二类终端设备接入;第二类小区的载波带宽小于或等于第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽,终端设备为第一类终端设备。收发模块1802,用于向第三网络设备发送能力信息。In some other embodiments, the processing module 1801 is used to determine the capability information of the terminal device, the capability information indicates that the terminal device can work in the second type of cell, the second type of cell supports the access of the second type of terminal device; the carrier bandwidth of the second type of cell is less than or equal to the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device, and the terminal device is the first type of terminal device. The transceiver module 1802 is used to send the capability information to the third network device.
可选的,收发模块1802,还用于接收来自第三网络设备的第四小区的信息,第二类小区包括第四小区,第四小区允许终端设备接入;处理模块1801,还用于根据第四小区的信息,执行小区切换。Optionally, the transceiver module 1802 is further used to receive information about a fourth cell from a third network device, where the second type of cell includes the fourth cell, and the fourth cell allows terminal devices to access; the processing module 1801 is further used to perform cell switching according to the information about the fourth cell.
通信装置180用于实现上述第一网络设备的功能时:When the communication device 180 is used to implement the function of the first network device:
在一些实施例中,收发模块1802,还用于接收来自终端设备的第一信息,第一信息指示第一网络设备重复发送随机接入过程中的消息4Msg4或消息BMsgB;收发模块1802,还用于向终端设备发送至少一个Msg4或至少一个MsgB。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1802 is also used to receive first information from a terminal device, where the first information indicates that the first network device repeatedly sends message 4 Msg4 or message BMsgB in a random access process; the transceiver module 1802 is also used to send at least one Msg4 or at least one MsgB to the terminal device.
可选的,收发模块1802,还用于向终端设备发送第一小区的系统信息,第一小区的系统信息包括第一偏移值,第一网络设备为第一小区所属的网络设备。Optionally, the transceiver module 1802 is further used to send system information of the first cell to the terminal device, where the system information of the first cell includes a first offset value, and the first network device is a network device to which the first cell belongs.
可选的,收发模块1802,还用于向终端设备发送第一偏移值,第一偏移值为第一类终端设备的专用偏移值。Optionally, the transceiver module 1802 is further used to send a first offset value to the terminal device, where the first offset value is a dedicated offset value for the first type of terminal device.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant contents of each step involved in the above method embodiment can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
在本申请中,该通信装置180可以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In the present application, the communication device 180 may be presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. The "module" here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
在一些实施例中,当图18中的通信装置180是芯片或芯片系统时,收发模块1802的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现,处理模块1801的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。In some embodiments, when the communication device 180 in Figure 18 is a chip or a chip system, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1802 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the function/implementation process of the processing module 1801 can be implemented through the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or the chip system.
由于本实施例提供的通信装置180可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device 180 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的网络设备或终端设备,还可以使用下述来实现:一个或多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)、控制器、状态机、门逻辑、分立硬件部件、任何其它适合的电路、或者能够执行本申请通篇所描述的各种功能的电路的任意组合。As a possible product form, the network device or terminal device described in the embodiments of the present application can also be implemented using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), programmable logic devices (PLD), controllers, state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits that can perform the various functions described throughout the present application.
作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的网络设备或终端设备,还可以使用下述来实现:一个或多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)、控制器、状态机、门逻辑、分立硬件部件、任何其它适合的电路、或者能够执行本申请通篇所描述的各种功能的电路的任意组合。As a possible product form, the network device or terminal device described in the embodiments of the present application can also be implemented using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), programmable logic devices (PLD), controllers, state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits that can perform the various functions described throughout the present application.
作为另一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例的网络设备或终端设备,可以由一般性的总线体系结构来实现。为了便于说明,参见图19,图19是本申请实施例提供的通信装置190的结构示意图,该通信装置190包括处理器1901和收发器1902。该通信装置190可以为终端设备,或其中的芯片或芯片系统;或者,该通信装置190可以为网络设备,或其中的芯片或模块。图19仅示出了通信装置190的主要部件。除处理器1901和收发器1902之外,所述通信装置还可以进一步包括存储器1903、以及输入输出装置(图19未示意)。As another possible product form, the network device or terminal device of the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by a general bus architecture. For ease of explanation, refer to Figure 19, which is a structural diagram of a communication device 190 provided in an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 190 includes a processor 1901 and a transceiver 1902. The communication device 190 can be a terminal device, or a chip or chip system therein; or, the communication device 190 can be a network device, or a chip or module therein. Figure 19 only shows the main components of the communication device 190. In addition to the processor 1901 and the transceiver 1902, the communication device may further include a memory 1903, and an input and output device (not shown in Figure 19).
可选的,处理器1901主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个通信装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。存储器1903主要用于存储软件程序和数据。收发器1902可以包括射频电路和天线,射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。Optionally, the processor 1901 is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire communication device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory 1903 is mainly used to store the software program and data. The transceiver 1902 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals. The antenna is mainly used to transmit and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
可选的,处理器1901、收发器1902、以及存储器1903可以通过通信总线连接。Optionally, the processor 1901, the transceiver 1902, and the memory 1903 may be connected via a communication bus.
当通信装置开机后,处理器1901可以读取存储器1903中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器1901对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信装置时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器1901,处理器1901将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the communication device is turned on, the processor 1901 can read the software program in the memory 1903, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor 1901 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the RF circuit. The RF circuit performs RF processing on the baseband signal and then sends the RF signal outward in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the communication device, the RF circuit receives the RF signal through the antenna, converts the RF signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1901. The processor 1901 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
在另一种实现中,所述的射频电路和天线可以独立于进行基带处理的处理器而设置,例如在分布式场 景中,射频电路和天线可以与独立于通信装置,呈拉远式的布置。In another implementation, the RF circuit and antenna may be provided independently of the processor performing baseband processing, for example, in a distributed field. In the scenario, the RF circuit and antenna can be independent of the communication device and arranged remotely.
在一些实施例中,在硬件实现上,本领域的技术人员可以想到上述通信装置180可以采用图19所示的通信装置190的形式。In some embodiments, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art may conceive that the above-mentioned communication device 180 may take the form of the communication device 190 shown in FIG. 19 .
作为一种示例,图18中的处理模块1801的功能/实现过程可以通过图19所示的通信装置190中的处理器1901调用存储器1903中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。图18中的收发模块1802的功能/实现过程可以通过图19所示的通信装置190中的收发器1902来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1801 in FIG18 can be implemented by the processor 1901 in the communication device 190 shown in FIG19 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 1903. The function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1802 in FIG18 can be implemented by the transceiver 1902 in the communication device 190 shown in FIG19.
在一些实施例中,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述任一方法实施例中的方法。In some embodiments, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which includes a processor for implementing a method in any of the above method embodiments.
作为一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括存储器。该存储器,用于保存必要的计算机程序和数据。该计算机程序可以包括指令,处理器可以调用存储器中存储的计算机程序中的指令以指令该通信装置执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。当然,存储器也可以不在该通信装置中。As a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a memory. The memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data. The computer program may include instructions, and the processor may call the instructions in the computer program stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments. Of course, the memory may not be in the communication device.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括接口电路,该接口电路为代码/数据读写接口电路,该接口电路用于接收计算机执行指令(计算机执行指令存储在存储器中,可能直接从存储器读取,或可能经过其他器件)并传输至该处理器。As another possible implementation, the communication device also includes an interface circuit, which is a code/data read/write interface circuit, which is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in a memory, may be read directly from the memory, or may pass through other devices) and transmit them to the processor.
作为又一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括通信接口,该通信接口用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信。As another possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the communication interface is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device.
可以理解的是,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统,该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that the communication device can be a chip or a chip system. When the communication device is a chip system, it can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices. The embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,该计算机程序或指令被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored. When the computer program or instruction is executed by a computer, the functions of any of the above method embodiments are implemented.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that, for the sake of convenience and brevity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above may refer to the corresponding processes in the aforementioned method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
可以理解,本申请中描述的系统、装置和方法也可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。It is understood that the systems, devices and methods described in the present application can also be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, i.e., they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed over multiple network units. The components shown as units may or may not be physical units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。本申请实施例中,计算机可以包括前面所述的装置。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access or may contain one or more servers, data centers and other data storage devices that can be integrated with the medium. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (e.g., a solid state disk (SSD)), etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the computer may include the aforementioned device.
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中,本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施, 但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the present application is described herein in conjunction with various embodiments, in the process of implementing the present application for which protection is sought, those skilled in the art may understand and implement other variations of the disclosed embodiments by reviewing the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "one" or "an" does not exclude multiple components. A single processor or other unit may implement several functions listed in a claim. Certain measures are recorded in mutually different dependent claims. But that doesn’t mean these measures can’t be combined to good effect.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 Although the present application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it is obvious that various modifications and combinations may be made thereto without departing from the scope of the present application. Accordingly, this specification and the drawings are merely exemplary illustrations of the present application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to have covered any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of the present application. Obviously, a person skilled in the art may make various modifications and variations to the present application without departing from the scope of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.
Claims (20)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202310417664.7 | 2023-04-07 | ||
| CN202310417664.7A CN118785506A (en) | 2023-04-07 | 2023-04-07 | A communication method and device |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024207948A1 true WO2024207948A1 (en) | 2024-10-10 |
Family
ID=92971217
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/081528 Pending WO2024207948A1 (en) | 2023-04-07 | 2024-03-13 | Communication method and apparatus |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN118785506A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2024207948A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN111919490A (en) * | 2020-06-30 | 2020-11-10 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Information transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium |
| CN114449655A (en) * | 2020-11-02 | 2022-05-06 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Channel transmission method, device, terminal equipment, network equipment and storage medium |
| US20220191940A1 (en) * | 2020-12-16 | 2022-06-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for multiple concurrent random access procedures |
| US20220322447A1 (en) * | 2020-10-09 | 2022-10-06 | Apple Inc. | Rach procedure coverage enhancement and recovery |
-
2023
- 2023-04-07 CN CN202310417664.7A patent/CN118785506A/en active Pending
-
2024
- 2024-03-13 WO PCT/CN2024/081528 patent/WO2024207948A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN111919490A (en) * | 2020-06-30 | 2020-11-10 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Information transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium |
| US20220322447A1 (en) * | 2020-10-09 | 2022-10-06 | Apple Inc. | Rach procedure coverage enhancement and recovery |
| CN114449655A (en) * | 2020-11-02 | 2022-05-06 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Channel transmission method, device, terminal equipment, network equipment and storage medium |
| US20220191940A1 (en) * | 2020-12-16 | 2022-06-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for multiple concurrent random access procedures |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
| Title |
|---|
| AKIHIKO NISHIO, PANASONIC: "Discussion on coverage enhancement for NR-NTN", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2300905; TYPE DISCUSSION; NR_NTN_ENH-CORE, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Athens, GR; 20230227 - 20230303, 17 February 2023 (2023-02-17), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052248048 * |
| ZHI YAN, LENOVO: "Discussion on coverage enhancement for NR NTN", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2300921; TYPE DISCUSSION; NR_NTN_ENH-CORE, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Athens, GR; 20230227 - 20230303, 17 February 2023 (2023-02-17), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052248064 * |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN118785506A (en) | 2024-10-15 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US12010735B2 (en) | Rach-report indicating rat or node in a dual-connectivity / multi-rat configuration | |
| JP2023017872A (en) | Random access procedure in next generation network | |
| CN109392044B (en) | Method and device for cell handover | |
| US20140376515A1 (en) | Methods, apparatuses and computer program products for wlan discovery and handover in coexisted lte and wlan networks | |
| WO2019169359A1 (en) | System and method for hierarchical paging, cell selection and cell reselection | |
| TWI688302B (en) | Device and method of redirecting a communication device | |
| CN112586080B (en) | Perform a listen-before-talk process on the bandwidth portion | |
| JP7636449B2 (en) | Cell selection method and apparatus | |
| US12452830B2 (en) | Information processing method based on network slide identity information in access procedure, and terminal device | |
| WO2023050472A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for paging | |
| US20240064584A1 (en) | Resource processing method and apparatus | |
| US12245085B2 (en) | Method and device for group handover in communication system | |
| CN109803335B (en) | Control method and device for access network | |
| US20240357691A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for transceiving information, and communication system | |
| EP4333490A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus for acquiring load information | |
| WO2023011424A1 (en) | Relay communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system | |
| WO2023134681A1 (en) | Information transmission method and apparatus | |
| CN117676733A (en) | A communication method and device | |
| US20240196396A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| WO2024207948A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| KR20240093837A (en) | Communication methods and communication devices | |
| WO2025065377A1 (en) | Optimizations for reduced capability user equipment | |
| CN115835397B (en) | Method and apparatus for wireless communication | |
| US20250331031A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
| US20250185078A1 (en) | Systems, methods, and devices for signaling and procedure for communication to ul-only trp |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24784033 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |